<PAGE> 1
Filed Pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1)
Registration No. 333-39516
Registration No. 333-42910
PROSPECTUS
5,500,000 SHARES
[EDISON SCHOOLS LOGO]
CLASS A COMMON STOCK
----------------------
Edison Schools Inc. is selling 2,900,000 shares of the class A common stock
and Edison stockholders are selling 2,600,000 shares.
The class A common stock is quoted on the Nasdaq National Market under the
symbol "EDSN." On August 2, 2000, the last sale price for the class A common
stock as reported on the Nasdaq National Market was $23 1/16 per share.
INVESTING IN THE CLASS A COMMON STOCK INVOLVES RISKS WHICH ARE DESCRIBED IN
THE "RISK FACTORS" SECTION BEGINNING ON PAGE 11 OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
----------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PER SHARE TOTAL
--------- -----
<S> <C> <C>
Public offering price...................................... $22.875 $125,812,500
Underwriting discount...................................... $1.20 $6,600,000
Proceeds, before expenses, to Edison Schools Inc........... $21.675 $62,857,500
Proceeds to the selling stockholders....................... $21.675 $56,355,000
</TABLE>
The underwriters may also purchase up to an additional 375,000 shares of
class A common stock from one of our selling stockholders, and up to an
additional 450,000 shares from us, at the public offering price, less the
underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus to cover
over-allotments.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities
commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this
prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a
criminal offense.
The shares of class A common stock will be ready for delivery on or about
August 8, 2000.
----------------------
MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC
CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON
DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
J.P. MORGAN & CO.
----------------------
The date of this prospectus is August 2, 2000.
<PAGE> 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY.......................................... 4
RISK FACTORS................................................ 11
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS........... 22
OUR ADDRESS................................................. 22
USE OF PROCEEDS............................................. 23
DIVIDEND POLICY............................................. 23
PRICE RANGE OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK......................... 23
CAPITALIZATION.............................................. 24
DILUTION.................................................... 26
SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA........................... 27
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS................................. 29
BUSINESS.................................................... 44
MANAGEMENT.................................................. 63
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS.................................. 72
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS.......................... 81
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK................................ 86
UNDERWRITING................................................ 90
LEGAL MATTERS............................................... 94
EXPERTS..................................................... 94
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION......................... 94
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS............................... F-1
</TABLE>
----------------------
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We
and the selling stockholders have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized
any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides
you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We
and the selling stockholders are not, and the underwriters are not, making an
offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is
not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this
prospectus is accurate as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus
only. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may
have changed since that date.
----------------------
Technology as a Second Language(R), EdLab and Edison's logo are trademarks
or service marks of Edison. Other trademarks or service marks appearing in this
prospectus are the property of their respective holders.
3
<PAGE> 3
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
Because this is only a summary, it does not contain all the information
that may be important to you. You should read the entire prospectus, especially
"Risk Factors" and our financial statements and the related notes included in
this prospectus, before deciding to invest in shares of our class A common
stock.
EDISON SCHOOLS INC.
Edison is the nation's largest private operator of public schools serving
students from kindergarten through 12th grade. We contract with local school
districts and public charter school boards to assume educational and operational
responsibility for individual schools in return for per-pupil funding that is
generally comparable to that spent on other public schools in the area. We
opened our first four schools in August 1995, and served approximately 37,500
students in 79 schools located in 16 states across the country and the District
of Columbia in the 1999-2000 school year, an increase of 14,000 students from
the 1998-1999 school year. Approximately 26,700 students were enrolled in our
schools in grades K-5, approximately 9,700 in grades 6-8 and approximately 1,600
in grades 9-12 in the 1999-2000 school year. In the 2000-2001 school year, we
expect to enroll between 57,000 and 59,000 students in 108 schools located in 21
states and the District of Columbia.
Our model offers public school authorities, who face concern about student
achievement, the benefits of a large private sector company with national
support systems. These benefits contribute to an enhanced educational experience
that has proven attractive to public school authorities, parents and teachers
alike. Elements of that experience include a longer school day and year and a
strong emphasis on technology.
We recognize that there are many excellent public schools in the United
States. We also believe, however, that the overall performance of public schools
has been compromised by several inherent constraints that may inhibit many
districts from implementing a systemic program of improvement. These constraints
may include a lack of consistency in leadership due to the relatively brief
tenure of superintendents and school boards, the inability to exploit the
advantages of scale because school districts tend to be small and independent
operations and the inability to invest for the future due to school districts'
annual budget cycles. We believe our school design addresses these issues
through system-wide accountability and incentives, economies of scale and an
investment in research and development.
During the 1997-1998 school year, over 14,000 school districts comprising
89,000 K-12 schools enrolled an estimated 46.1 million students. We currently
concentrate our business development efforts on the approximately 1,800 medium
and large school districts that each have more than 5,000 students. We estimate
that these districts had annual operating budgets aggregating $190 billion for
the 1998-1999 school year.
We are retained by public school authorities to implement our school design
and curriculum in one of two ways. In most instances, an elected school board
votes to enter into a contract with us to manage one or more schools in the
district. In other cases, we manage the school pursuant to a contract granted by
a public charter school board. Thirty-six states and the District of Columbia
have now enacted charter school legislation. Under a typical charter school
statute, identified entities, such as a state board of education or state
university, are authorized to grant a "charter" to create and operate a public
school. In some cases, we operate charter schools under a charter granted by the
local school board, which provides the facility. In these cases, we categorize
these schools as contract schools because we do not provide the facility and
therefore the economics of these arrangements closely resemble those of a
contract school.
We have a limited operating history on which you can base your evaluation
of our business and prospects. We have incurred substantial net losses in every
fiscal period since we began operations. As of March 31, 2000, our accumulated
deficit since November 1996, when we converted from a partnership to a
corporation, was approximately $106.8 million. Our net loss per student was
$1,597 in fiscal 1997, $1,739 in fiscal 1998, $2,068 in fiscal 1999 and $743 in
the nine months ended March 31, 2000. Net loss per student includes noncash
stock-based compensation and non-recurring design-team compensation charges per
student of $6, $263, $937 and $75 for these periods.
4
<PAGE> 4
RISK FACTORS
The success of our business is subject to a number of risks, including
risks relating to:
- public acceptance of private, for-profit management of public schools;
- our ability to improve the academic achievement of students;
- our ability to hire and retain highly skilled teachers and principals;
- our reliance upon public funding and our continued qualification to
receive funding from special government education programs; and
- the possibility that we might not be repaid amounts we have advanced to
charter schools or that we could continue to have financial obligations
for charter schools past the time when we have ceased to operate the
school. As of March 31, 2000, we had advanced or lent charter boards
$16.6 million to finance the purchase or renovation of school facilities
we manage, we had aggregate future lease obligations totalling $28.9
million, with varying maturities over the next 18 years, and we had
guaranteed loans totalling $6.9 million.
For a more complete discussion of these risks and others that are material
to your investment, please see "Risk Factors."
RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
On June 5, 2000, we announced an agreement to manage the Inkster, Michigan
school district, including all three schools in the district. The agreement has
a five-year term and we expect to enroll a total of approximately 1,800 students
in kindergarten through 12th grade in the 2000-2001 school year. This is our
first agreement to manage all the schools within an entire school district. We
intend to selectively pursue additional small whole-district contracts like
Inkster.
As part of our initial entry into the whole-district market through the
Inkster agreement, we expect to assume approximately $2.6 million of obligations
of the Inkster School District. These obligations will be paid over the next
twelve months and will be amortized over the five-year term of the agreement. In
addition, we expect to incur approximately $1.4 million of incremental
pre-opening costs in fiscal 2001, primarily in the first quarter. These costs
primarily relate to severance and other personnel obligations within the
district, which we were required to assume in connection with the award of the
contract.
On June 16, 2000, we announced the execution of a letter of intent with IBM
which contemplates that IBM will provide us with the computer hardware and
software technology to support our network of schools. Beginning with the
2000-2001 school year, all new Edison schools will use an IBM platform
consisting of IBM personal computers, software and network technology, and all
of our existing schools will transition to the IBM platform over time. The
letter of intent also contemplates that IBM will collaborate with us on a
research and development effort to create the next-generation technology model
for K-12 education. We also entered into a license agreement with IBM for the
IBM enterprise management software to support computers, network devices and
servers for up to 250,000 students.
We currently estimate that initial launch costs under the IBM arrangement
will increase our net loss for fiscal 2001 by approximately $4.3 million, but we
expect to realize significant returns on this investment in subsequent years in
the form of cost savings and improvements in the scalability of our technology
infrastructure to support enrollment growth.
5
<PAGE> 5
THE OFFERING
Class A common stock offered:
Edison............................. 2,900,000 shares
Selling stockholders............... 2,600,000 shares
------------------
Total......................... 5,500,000 shares
Common stock to be outstanding after the
offering:
Class A common stock............... 43,163,775 shares
Class B common stock............... 3,437,976 shares
------------------
Total......................... 46,601,751 shares
Use of proceeds......................... Our net proceeds from this offering
will be approximately $61.9
million. We intend to use these net
proceeds for general corporate
purposes, including funding
operating losses, working capital
and capital expenditures. See "Use
of Proceeds." We will not receive
any of the proceeds from the sale
of shares by the selling
stockholders.
Nasdaq National Market symbol........... EDSN
The number of shares to be outstanding after the offering is based on
shares outstanding at June 30, 2000. The number of outstanding shares at that
date excludes:
- 8,165,732 shares of class A common stock and 765,284 shares of class B
common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of outstanding options
with a weighted average exercise price of $21.48 per share;
- 2,414,920 shares of class A common stock and 335,033 shares of class B
common stock that may be issued upon exercise of outstanding warrants
with a weighted average exercise price of $16.61 per share; and
- 1,471,724 additional shares of common stock reserved for issuance under
our stock option plans.
6
<PAGE> 6
DESCRIPTION OF COMMON STOCK
In general, holders of class A common stock have the same rights as the
holders of class B common stock, except that:
- holders of class A common stock have one vote per share and holders of
class B common stock have ten votes per share; and
- beginning with the annual meeting of stockholders in the fall of 2000,
holders of class B common stock will be entitled, as a separate class, to
elect four of the 11 members of our Board of Directors and the holders of
class A common stock will be entitled, as a separate class, to elect the
remaining seven directors.
The holders of class A common stock and class B common stock have cumulative
voting rights in the election of their respective directors. On other matters
presented to the stockholders for their vote or approval, the holders of class A
common stock and class B common stock will vote together as a single class,
except as to matters affecting the rights of the two classes of common stock or
as may be required by Delaware law. Class B common stock may be converted into
class A common stock at any time on a one-for-one basis. Each share of class B
common stock will automatically convert into one share of class A common stock
upon its transfer in most circumstances or upon the occurrence of other
specified events. For a description of cumulative voting and the events that
will cause conversion of the class B common stock into class A common stock, see
"Description of Capital Stock -- Common Stock."
------------------------------
Except where otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus:
- assumes the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase
additional shares in this offering to cover over-allotments, if any; and
- gives effect to the exercise of options and warrants by some of the
selling stockholders to purchase shares of class A common stock that they
will sell in this offering.
7
<PAGE> 7
SUMMARY FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
The following table sets forth summary financial data for our business. You
should read this information together with our financial statements and the
related notes included in this prospectus and the information under
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations." Please note that:
- The as adjusted balance sheet data reflect the exercise of options and
warrants by some of the selling stockholders to purchase class A common
stock that they will sell in this offering and our receipt of the
proceeds from that exercise, as well as the sale of the class A common
stock offered by us in this offering and our receipt of the net proceeds
from the sale, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated
offering expenses payable by us.
- Note 2 to our financial statements includes information regarding net
loss attributable to common stockholders and shares used in computing
basic and diluted and pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share
applicable to common stockholders.
- We operated as a partnership prior to fiscal 1997.
- We recognize revenue for each school pro rata over the 11 months from
August through June.
The table also sets forth some of the operating data we believe you might
find useful in analyzing our business. The following information is intended to
help you understand our operating data:
- EBITDA, net of other charges, means the net loss we would have shown if
we did not take into consideration our net interest expense, gain or loss
from disposal of property and equipment, income tax expense, depreciation
and amortization, stock-based compensation and non-recurring design team
compensation. This is not a measurement in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles and you should not consider it to be an
alternative to, or more meaningful than, operating income or loss, net
income or loss or cash flows as defined by generally accepted accounting
principles or as a measure of our profitability or liquidity. EBITDA, net
of other charges, may not be comparable to EBITDA or similarly titled
measures reported by other companies. However, we believe EBITDA, net of
other charges, serves as an important operating measurement when
evaluating our financial performance. In particular, we use this metric
to evaluate the degree to which our aggregate gross site contribution
equals, exceeds or falls below our administration, curriculum and
development expenses. We have excluded from this measurement stock-based
compensation and non-recurring design team compensation because they are
not directly related to operating performance.
- We consider grades K-5, 6-8 and 9-12 each to be a school, and we count
grades K-5, 6-8 and 9-12 as separate schools even if they are located in
the same building. As we expand, we often introduce new grade levels
gradually rather than simultaneously opening all grade levels within a
school. We consider ourselves to have opened a new school if we introduce
at least one grade level at a different school level, for example, if we
add grade 6 at a location housing an existing K-5 school. In some cases,
we count grades K-6 as one school if it is the local practice to
configure elementary schools in this manner.
- We define gross site contribution as revenue from educational services
less direct site expenses. Gross site contribution is a measurement of
ongoing site-level operating performance of our schools and, for that
reason, does not include site-level pre-opening expenses or depreciation
and amortization or interest expenses related to site-level investments
in technology, curriculum materials and capital improvements. Gross site
contribution also does not include central administration, curriculum and
development expenses. Accordingly, gross site contribution does not
represent site-level profitability, but we believe that it serves as a
useful operating measurement when evaluating our schools' financial
performance.
- We define gross site margin as gross site contribution expressed as a
percentage of revenue from educational services.
- Throughout this prospectus, when we refer to total revenue, we mean the
amount of our revenue from educational services.
8
<PAGE> 8
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NINE MONTHS ENDED
FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, MARCH 31,
---------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------
1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 1999 2000
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------- --------- ----------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenue from educational
services................... $ -- $ 11,773 $ 38,559 $ 69,407 $ 132,762 $ 95,971 $ 164,278
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------- --------- ----------
Education and operating
expenses:
Direct site expenses....... -- 11,415 32,150 59,576 114,097 81,911 142,238
Administration, curriculum
and development.......... 14,286 7,717 12,755 18,258 49,984 22,391 29,889
Depreciation and
amortization............. -- 1,166 3,552 7,232 12,526 9,265 14,856
Pre-opening expenses....... -- 1,476 1,487 2,486 5,457 3,451 5,546
Design team compensation... -- -- -- 2,724 -- -- --
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------- --------- ----------
Total education and
operating expenses..... 14,286 21,774 49,944 90,276 182,064 117,018 192,529
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------- --------- ----------
Loss from operations......... (14,286) (10,001) (11,385) (20,869) (49,302) (21,047) (28,251)
Other income (expense),
net........................ 161 (102) (37) (1,046) (131) 886 400
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------- --------- ----------
Net loss..................... (14,125) (10,103) (11,422) (21,915) (49,433) (20,161) (27,851)
Dividends on preferred
stock...................... -- -- -- (4,290) -- -- --
Preferred stock accretion.... -- -- -- (278) (1,027) (770) --
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------- --------- ----------
Net loss attributable to
common stockholders........ $ (14,125) $ (10,103) $ (11,422) $ (26,483) $ (50,460) $ (20,931) $ (27,851)
========= ========= ========= ========= ========== ========= ==========
Basic and diluted net loss
per share attributable to
common stockholders........ $ (3.68) $ (8.52) $ (16.24) $ (6.74) $ (1.23)
========= ========= ========== ========= ==========
Weighted average number of
common shares outstanding
used in computing basic and
diluted net loss per share
attributable to common
stockholders............... 3,107,355 3,107,356 3,107,356 3,107,356 22,708,147
========= ========= ========== ========= ==========
Pro forma basic and diluted
net loss per share......... $ (1.77) $ (.73)
========== ==========
Pro forma weighted average
number of shares
outstanding used in
computing pro forma basic
and diluted net loss per
share...................... 27,858,515 38,372,066
========== ==========
</TABLE>
9
<PAGE> 9
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NINE MONTHS ENDED
FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, MARCH 31,
---------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------
1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 1999 2000
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------- --------- ----------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER STUDENT DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STUDENT AND PER STUDENT DATA:
Student enrollment........... -- 2,250 7,150 12,600 23,900 23,900 37,500
Total revenue per student.... $ 5,232 $ 5,393 $ 5,508 $ 5,555 $ 4,016 $ 4,381
Net loss per student......... $ (4,490) $ (1,597) $ (1,739) $ (2,068) $ (844) $ (743)
EBITDA, net of other charges,
per student................ $ (3,927) $ (1,089) $ (820) $ (603) $ (285) $ (282)
Cash used in operating
activities per student..... $ (3,652) $ (1,530) $ (837) $ (673) $ (493) $ (950)
Cash used in investing
activities per student..... $ (2,203) $ (1,822) $ (1,594) $ (1,269) $ (1,118) $ (1,812)
Cash provided by financing
activities per student..... $ 6,385 $ 5,008 $ 1,776 $ 2,797 $ 1,619 $ 4,178
OTHER OPERATING DATA:
Capital expenditures......... $ 233 $ 6,457 $ 15,553 $ 21,181 $ 34,023 $ 22,797 $ 53,879
Gross site contribution...... $ 358 $ 6,409 $ 9,831 $ 18,665 $ 14,060 $ 22,040
Gross site margin............ 3.0% 16.6% 14.2% 14.1% 14.7% 13.4%
EBITDA, net of other
charges.................... $ (14,286) $ (8,836) $ (7,787) $ (10,328) $ (14,404) $ (6,811) $ (10,586)
Cash used in operating
activities................. $ (14,360) $ (8,216) $ (10,941) $ (10,550) $ (16,079) $ (11,777) $ (35,615)
Cash used in investing
activities................. $ (3,163) $ (4,956) $ (13,030) $ (20,082) $ (30,328) $ (26,717) $ (67,934)
Cash provided by financing
activities................. $ 17,973 $ 14,365 $ 35,809 $ 22,383 $ 66,838 $ 38,703 $ 156,662
Total number of schools...... -- 4 12 25 51 51 79
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AS OF MARCH 31, 2000
------------------------
ACTUAL AS ADJUSTED
--------- -----------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents................................... $ 81,036 $ 147,854
Working capital............................................. 100,006 166,824
Total assets................................................ 241,369 308,187
Total debt, including current portion....................... 26,846 26,846
Accumulated deficit......................................... (106,780) (106,780)
Total stockholders' equity.................................. 189,586 256,404
</TABLE>
10
<PAGE> 10
RISK FACTORS
Investing in our class A common stock will provide you with an equity
ownership interest in Edison. As a stockholder of Edison you may be exposed to
the risks inherent in our business. The performance of your shares will reflect
the performance of our business relative to the competition, industry conditions
and general economic and market conditions. The value of your investment may
increase or decline and could result in a loss. You should carefully consider
the following risk factors as well as other information contained in this
prospectus before deciding to invest in shares of our class A common stock.
RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS AND THE EDUCATION INDUSTRY
WE ARE A YOUNG COMPANY, HAVING OPENED OUR FIRST SCHOOLS IN FISCAL 1996; THIS
MAKES IT DIFFICULT TO EVALUATE OUR BUSINESS
We opened our first schools and recorded our first revenue in fiscal 1996.
As a result, we have only four years of operating history on which you can base
your evaluation of our business and prospects. Our business and prospects must
be considered in light of the risks and uncertainties frequently encountered by
companies in the early stages of development, particularly companies like us who
operate in new and rapidly evolving markets. Our failure to address these risks
and uncertainties could cause our operating results to suffer and result in the
loss of all or part of your investment.
WE HAVE A HISTORY OF LOSSES AND EXPECT LOSSES IN THE FUTURE
We have incurred substantial net losses in every fiscal period since we
began operations. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 1999, our net loss was
$49.4 million, and for the nine months ended March 31, 2000, our net loss was
$27.9 million. As of March 31, 2000, our accumulated deficit since November
1996, when we converted from a partnership to a corporation, was approximately
$106.8 million. In addition, prior to November 1996, we incurred losses of
approximately $61.8 million, which are reflected in our additional paid-in
capital. We have not yet demonstrated that public schools can be profitably
managed by private companies and we are not certain when we will become
profitable, if at all. Our ability to become profitable will depend upon our
ability to generate and sustain higher levels of both gross site contribution
and total revenue to allow us to reduce central expenses as a percentage of
total revenue. Even if we do achieve profitability, we may not sustain or
increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Failure to become and
remain profitable may adversely affect the market price of our class A common
stock and our ability to raise capital and continue operations.
THE PRIVATE, FOR-PROFIT MANAGEMENT OF PUBLIC SCHOOLS IS A RELATIVELY NEW AND
UNCERTAIN INDUSTRY, AND IT MAY NOT BECOME PUBLICLY ACCEPTED
Our future is highly dependent upon the development, acceptance and
expansion of the market for private, for-profit management of public schools.
This market has only recently developed and we are among the first companies to
provide these services on a for-profit basis. We believe the first meaningful
example of a school district contracting with a private company to provide core
instructional services was in 1992, and we opened our first schools in August
1995. The development of this market has been accompanied by significant press
coverage and public debate concerning for-profit management of public schools.
If this business model fails to gain acceptance among the general public,
educators, politicians and school boards, we may be unable to grow our business
and the market price of our class A common stock would be adversely affected.
THE SUCCESS OF OUR BUSINESS DEPENDS ON OUR ABILITY TO IMPROVE THE ACADEMIC
ACHIEVEMENT OF THE STUDENTS ENROLLED IN OUR SCHOOLS, AND WE MAY FACE
DIFFICULTIES IN DOING SO IN THE FUTURE
We believe that our growth will be dependent upon our ability to
demonstrate general improvements in academic performance at our schools. Our
management agreements contain performance requirements related to test scores.
As average student performance at our schools increases, whether due to
improvements in achievement over time by individual students in our schools or
changes in the average performance levels of new students entering our schools,
aggregate absolute improvements in student
11
<PAGE> 11
performance will be more difficult to achieve. If academic performance at our
schools declines, or simply fails to improve, we could lose business and our
reputation could be seriously damaged, which would impair our ability to gain
new business or renew existing school management agreements.
WE COULD INCUR LOSSES AT OUR SCHOOLS IF WE ARE UNABLE TO ENROLL ENOUGH
STUDENTS
Because the amount of revenue we receive for operating each school depends
on the number of students enrolled, and because many facility and on-site
administrative costs are fixed, achieving site-specific enrollment objectives is
an important factor in our ability to achieve satisfactory financial performance
at a school. We may be unable to recruit enough students to attend all grades in
our new schools or maintain enrollment at all grades in our existing schools. We
sometimes do not have enough students to fill some grades in some schools,
particularly the higher grades. It is sometimes more difficult to enroll
students in the higher grades because older students and their parents are
reluctant to change schools. To the extent we are unable to meet or maintain
enrollment objectives at a school, the school will be less financially
successful and our financial performance will be adversely affected.
WE ARE EXPERIENCING RAPID GROWTH, WHICH MAY STRAIN OUR RESOURCES AND MAY NOT
BE SUSTAINABLE
We have grown rapidly since we opened our first four schools in August
1995. We operated 79 schools during the 1999-2000 school year and we currently
expect to operate at least 108 schools in the 2000-2001 school year. This rapid
growth has sometimes strained our managerial, operational and other resources,
and we expect that continued growth would strain these resources in the future.
If we are to manage our rapid growth successfully, we will need to continue to
hire and retain management personnel and other employees. We must also improve
our operational systems, procedures and controls on a timely basis. If we fail
to successfully manage our growth, we could experience client dissatisfaction,
cost inefficiencies and lost growth opportunities, which could harm our
operating results. We cannot guarantee that we will continue to grow at our
historical rate.
WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO ATTRACT AND RETAIN HIGHLY SKILLED PRINCIPALS AND
TEACHERS IN THE NUMBERS REQUIRED TO GROW OUR BUSINESS
Our success depends to a very high degree on our ability to attract and
retain highly skilled school principals and teachers. We hired approximately 20
new principals and 750 new teachers to meet the needs of our new schools for the
1999-2000 school year and expect to hire at least 27 new principals and
approximately 1,400 new teachers for the 2000-2001 school year, in addition to
satisfying our needs resulting from normal turnover at existing schools.
Currently, there is a well-publicized nationwide shortage of teachers and other
educators in the United States. In addition, we may find it difficult to attract
and retain principals and teachers for a variety of reasons, including the
following:
- we generally require our teachers to work a longer day and a longer year
than most public schools;
- we tend to have a larger proportion of our schools in challenging
locations, such as low-income urban areas, which may make attracting
principals and teachers more difficult; and
- we believe we generally impose more accountability on principals and
teachers than do public schools as a whole.
These factors may increase the challenge we face in an already difficult
market for attracting principals and teachers. We have also experienced higher
levels of turnover among teachers than is generally found in public schools
nationally, which we attribute in part to these factors. If we fail to attract
and retain principals and teachers in sufficient numbers or of a sufficient
quality, we could experience client dissatisfaction and lost growth
opportunities, which would adversely affect our business.
WE ARE CURRENTLY IMPLEMENTING NEW INFORMATION SYSTEMS, WHICH COULD CAUSE
DISRUPTIONS TO OUR BUSINESS
We are currently in the process of implementing a new student information
system, as well as a new accounting, financial reporting and management
information system. We may face difficulties in integrating
12
<PAGE> 12
these systems with our existing information and other systems. If we fail to
successfully implement and integrate these new systems, we may not have access
on a timely basis to the information we need to effectively manage our schools,
our business and our growth.
AS WE TRANSITION FROM OUR EXISTING TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE TO AN IBM
PLATFORM, WE MAY FACE DIFFICULTIES AND DELAYS IN IMPLEMENTING THE NEW SYSTEM
AND WE WILL BECOME DEPENDENT UPON IBM TO A LARGE DEGREE TO MANAGE THE NEW
SYSTEM
We recently announced that we have selected IBM to provide the computers
and related software for use in our schools and classrooms, as well as the
networking hardware and network management software necessary to connect our
schools nationwide. To date, we have only a letter of intent with IBM, and we
cannot be certain that we will reach a definitive agreement. We expect to use
IBM to perform a significant portion of the installation, implementation and
integration services necessary for the deployment of this technology. We
anticipate that the deployment will commence with the new schools we open for
2000-2001 school year, and will continue over time to existing schools, with the
result that we will operate some schools using the new IBM platform at the same
time we operate schools on our existing platform, which is based largely on
Apple and other non-IBM technologies. We may face significant difficulties and
delays in this complex implementation, as well as difficulties in the transition
from our existing system to the new IBM system. Additionally, we may face
unforeseen implementation costs. Once the hardware and software is installed, we
cannot be certain that it will work satisfactorily or at all. We also expect to
engage the services of IBM to manage significant portions of our technology
function in the future, and any unsatisfactory performance on the part of IBM
could seriously impair the operations of our schools. If we experience
implementation or transition difficulties or delays, or unexpected costs, our
financial performance could be harmed and our reputation could be compromised.
WE MUST OPEN A LARGE NUMBER OF NEW SCHOOLS IN A SHORT PERIOD OF TIME AT THE
BEGINNING OF EACH SCHOOL YEAR AND, IF WE ENCOUNTER DIFFICULTIES IN THIS
PROCESS, OUR BUSINESS AND REPUTATION COULD SUFFER
It is the nature of our business that virtually all of the new schools we
open in any year must be opened within a few weeks of each other at the
beginning of the school year. Each new school must be substantially functional
when students arrive on the first day of school. This is a difficult logistical
and management challenge, and the period of concentrated activity preceding the
opening of the school year places a significant strain on our management and
operational functions. We expect this strain will increase if we are successful
in securing larger numbers of school management agreements in the future. If we
fail to successfully open schools by the required date, we could lose school
management agreements, incur financial losses and our reputation would be
damaged. This could seriously compromise our ability to pursue our growth
strategy.
OUR BUSINESS COULD SUFFER IF WE LOSE THE SERVICES OF KEY EXECUTIVES
Our future success depends upon the continued services of a number of our
key executive personnel, particularly Benno C. Schmidt, Jr., our Chairman of the
Board of Directors, and H. Christopher Whittle, our President and Chief
Executive Officer. Mr. Schmidt and Mr. Whittle have been instrumental in
determining our strategic direction and focus and in publicly promoting the
concept of private management of public schools. If we lose the services of
either Mr. Schmidt or Mr. Whittle, or any of our other executive officers or key
employees, our ability to grow our business would be seriously compromised and
the market price of our class A common stock may be adversely affected. Also, we
do not maintain any key man insurance on any of our executives.
WE DEPEND UPON COOPERATIVE RELATIONSHIPS WITH TEACHERS' UNIONS, BOTH AT THE
LOCAL AND NATIONAL LEVELS
With respect to contract schools, but generally not charter schools, union
cooperation at the local level is often critical to us in obtaining new
management agreements and maintaining existing management agreements. In those
school districts where applicable, provisions of collective bargaining
agreements must typically be waived in areas such as length of school day,
length of school year, negotiated compensation
13
<PAGE> 13
policies and prescribed methods of evaluation in order to implement the Edison
design at a contract school. We regularly encounter resistance from local
teachers' unions during school board debates over whether to enter into a
management agreement with us. In addition, local teachers' unions have
occasionally initiated litigation challenging our management agreements. If we
fail to achieve and maintain cooperative relationships with local teachers'
unions, we could lose business and our ability to grow could suffer, which could
adversely affect the market price of our class A common stock. In addition, at
the national level, the American Federation of Teachers and the National
Education Association have substantial financial and other resources that could
be used to influence legislation and public opinion in a way that would hurt our
business.
WE COULD BE LIABLE FOR EVENTS THAT OCCUR AT OUR SCHOOLS
We could become liable for the actions of principals, teachers and other
personnel in our schools. In the event of on-site accidents, injuries or other
harm to students, we could face claims alleging that we were negligent, provided
inadequate supervision or were otherwise liable for the injury. We could also
face allegations that teachers or other personnel committed child abuse, sexual
abuse or other criminal acts. In addition, if our students commit acts of
violence, we could face allegations that we failed to provide adequate security
or were otherwise responsible for their actions, particularly in light of recent
highly publicized incidents of school violence. Although we maintain liability
insurance, this insurance coverage may not be adequate to fully protect us from
these kinds of claims. In addition, we may not be able to obtain liability
insurance in the future at reasonable prices or at all. A successful liability
claim could injure our reputation and hurt our financial results. Even if
unsuccessful, such a claim could cause unfavorable publicity, entail substantial
expense and divert the time and attention of key management personnel.
OUR MANAGEMENT AGREEMENTS WITH SCHOOL DISTRICTS AND CHARTER BOARDS ARE
TERMINABLE UNDER SPECIFIED CIRCUMSTANCES AND GENERALLY EXPIRE AFTER A TERM OF
FIVE YEARS
Our management agreements generally have a term of five years. When we
expand by adding an additional school under an existing management agreement,
the term with respect to that school generally expires at the end of the initial
five-year period. We have limited experience in renewing management agreements,
and we cannot be assured that any management agreements will be renewed at the
end of their term. Management agreements representing 11 schools, accounting for
23.5% of our total revenue for fiscal 1999, will expire at the end of the
2000-2001 school year, and agreements representing 11 schools, accounting for
18.7% of our total revenue for fiscal 1999, will expire at the end of the
2001-2002 school year. In addition, management agreements representing 11
schools, accounting for 23.0% of our total revenue for fiscal 1999, are
terminable by the school district or charter board at will, with or without good
reason, and all of our management agreements may be terminated for cause,
including a failure to meet specified educational standards, such as academic
performance based on standardized test scores. In addition, as a result of
changes within a school district, such as changes in the political climate, we
could from time to time face pressure to permit a school district or charter
board to terminate our management agreement even if they do not have a legal
right to do so. If we fail to renew a significant number of management
agreements at the end of their term, or if management agreements are terminated
prior to their expiration, our reputation and financial results would be
adversely affected.
OUR MANAGEMENT AGREEMENTS INVOLVE FINANCIAL RISK
Under all of our management agreements, we agree to operate a school in
return for per-pupil funding that generally does not vary with our actual costs.
To the extent our actual costs under a management agreement exceed our budgeted
costs, or our actual revenue is less than planned because we are unable to
enroll as many students as we anticipated or for any other reason, we could lose
money at that school. We are generally obligated by our management agreements to
continue operating a school for the duration of the contract even if it becomes
unprofitable to do so.
14
<PAGE> 14
WE HAVE LIMITED EXPERIENCE OPERATING FOUR-YEAR HIGH SCHOOLS
An element of our strategy is to increase our business with existing
customers by opening new schools in school districts with whom we have an
existing relationship. An important aspect of this strategy is to open Edison
high schools in districts in which we operate elementary and middle schools.
Because we have limited experience operating high schools, our complete high
school curriculum, school design and operating plan are not fully tested. In
addition, school districts typically spend more per pupil on high school
education than on elementary education. By contrast, some of our management
agreements provide that we receive for each student, regardless of grade level,
the average per-pupil funding spent by the school district for all grade levels.
For this reason, in these schools we receive less per high school student than
is spent by the school district for each of its high school students. In these
situations, our success depends upon our ability to deliver our high school
design for the same per-pupil spending as in our elementary schools. If we are
unable to successfully and profitably operate high schools, our ability to
pursue our growth strategy will be impaired, which could adversely affect the
market price of our class A common stock.
OUR LENGTHY SALES CYCLE COULD DELAY NEW BUSINESS
The time between initial contact with a potential contract or charter
client and the ultimate opening of a school, and related recognition of revenue,
typically ranges between 10 and 20 months. Our sales cycle for contract schools
is generally very long due to the approval process at the local school board
level, the political sensitivity of converting a public school to private
management and the need, in some circumstances, for cooperation from local
unions. We also have a lengthy sales cycle for charter schools for similar
reasons, as well as the need to arrange for facilities to house the school. As a
result of this lengthy sales cycle, we have only a limited ability to forecast
the timing of new management agreements. Any delay in completing, or failure to
complete, management agreements could hurt our financial performance.
WE COULD LOSE MONEY IF WE UNDERESTIMATE THE REAL ESTATE COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH
ACQUIRING OR RENOVATING A CHARTER SCHOOL
If we incur unexpected real estate cost overruns in acquiring or renovating
a charter school, we could lose money in operating the school. Our decision to
enter into a management agreement for a charter school, and our estimate of the
financial performance of the charter school, is based, in part, on the estimated
facility financing cost associated with renovating an existing facility or
building a new facility to house the charter school. This cost varies widely
from minimal amounts for minor upgrades to between $4.0 million to more than
$8.0 million for new construction. Each charter school absorbs a portion of its
facility financing costs each year through its leasing and similar expenses. If
these expenses exceed our estimates for the charter school, the charter school
could lose money and our financial results would be adversely affected.
WE HAVE ADVANCED AND LOANED MONEY TO CHARTER SCHOOLS THAT MAY NOT BE REPAID
As of March 31, 2000, we had advanced or lent charter boards $16.6 million
to finance the purchase or renovation of school facilities we manage. We
generally have not charged interest on these loans and advances. Approximately
$5.3 million of these loans, representing eight schools, are unsecured or
subordinated to a senior lender. Loans of $11.3 million, representing three
schools, may be accelerated upon termination of the corresponding management
agreement with the charter school. We currently expect to make additional
advances of at least $63.0 million in connection with charter schools we expect
to open in the 2000-2001 school year. If these advances or loans are not repaid
when due, our financial results could be adversely affected.
WE COULD BECOME LIABLE FOR FINANCIAL OBLIGATIONS OF CHARTER BOARDS
We could have facility financing obligations for charter schools we no
longer operate, because the terms of our facility financing obligations for some
of our charter schools exceeds the term of the
15
<PAGE> 15
management agreement for those schools. While the charter board is generally
responsible for locating and financing its own school building, the holders of
school charters, which are often non-profit organizations, typically do not have
the resources required to obtain the financing necessary to secure and maintain
the school building. For this reason, if we want to obtain a management
agreement with the charter board, we must often help the charter board arrange
for the necessary financing. For four of our charter schools, we have entered
into a long-term lease for the school facility which exceeds the current term of
the management agreement by as much as 14 years. If our management agreements
were to be terminated, or not renewed in these charter schools, our obligations
to make lease payments would continue, which could adversely affect our
financial results. As of March 31, 2000, our aggregate future lease obligations
totalled $28.9 million, with varying maturities over the next 17 years. In four
of our charter schools, we have provided some type of permanent credit support
for the school building, typically in the form of loan guarantees or cash
advances. To date, we have generally not charged interest on these advances.
Although the term of these arrangements is coterminous with the term of the
corresponding management agreement, our guarantee does not expire until the loan
is repaid in full. The lenders under these facilities are not committed to
release us from our obligations unless replacement credit support is provided.
The default by any charter school under a credit facility that we have
guaranteed could result in a claim against us for the full amount of the
borrowings. Furthermore, in the event any charter board becomes insolvent or has
its charter revoked, our loans and advances to the charter board may not be
recoverable, which could adversely affect our financial results. As of March 31,
2000, the amount of loans we had guaranteed totaled $6.9 million.
OUR FINANCIAL RESULTS ARE SUBJECT TO SEASONAL PATTERNS AND OTHER FLUCTUATIONS
FROM QUARTER TO QUARTER
We expect our results of operations to experience seasonal patterns and
other fluctuations from quarter to quarter. The factors that could contribute to
fluctuations, which could have the effect of masking or exaggerating trends in
our business and which could hurt the market price of our class A common stock,
include:
- Because new schools are opened in the first fiscal quarter of each year,
increases in student enrollment and related revenue and expenses will
first be reflected in that quarter. Subsequent to the first quarter,
student enrollment is expected to remain relatively stable throughout a
school year, and, accordingly, trends in our business, whether favorable
or unfavorable, will tend not to be reflected in our quarterly financial
results, but will be evident primarily in year-to-year comparisons.
- We recognize revenue for each school pro rata over the 11 months from
August through June, and we recognize no school revenue in July. Most of
our site costs are recognized over the 11 months from August through
June. For this reason, the first quarter of our fiscal year has
historically reflected less revenue and lower expenses than the other
three quarters, and we expect this pattern to continue.
- Our recognition of site-related expenses in the first fiscal quarter is
proportionally greater than the revenue recognition because some site
expenses are incurred in July and no revenue is recorded in July. This
results in lower gross site margin in the first fiscal quarter than in
the remaining fiscal quarters. We also recognize pre-opening costs
primarily in the first and fourth quarters.
Our financial results can vary among the quarters within any fiscal year
for other reasons, including unexpected enrollment changes, greater than
expected costs of opening schools or delays in opening new schools.
WE EXPECT OUR MARKET TO BECOME MORE COMPETITIVE
We expect the market for providing private, for-profit management of public
schools will become increasingly competitive. Currently, we compete with a
relatively small number of companies which provide these services, and they have
to date primarily focused on the operation of charter schools. These companies
could, however, begin to compete with us at any time for contract schools. In
addition, a variety of other types of companies and entities could enter the
market, including colleges and universities,
16
<PAGE> 16
other private companies that operate higher education or professional education
schools and others. Our existing competitors and these new market entrants could
have financial, marketing and other resources significantly greater than ours.
We also compete for public school funding with existing public schools, who may
elect not to enter into management agreements with private managers or who may
pursue alternative reform initiatives, such as magnet schools and inter-district
choice programs. In addition, in jurisdictions where voucher programs have been
authorized, we will begin to compete with existing private schools for public
tuition funds. Voucher programs provide for the issuance by local or other
governmental bodies of tuition vouchers to parents worth a certain amount of
money that they can redeem at any approved school of their choice, including
private schools. If we are unable to compete successfully against any of these
existing or potential competitors, our revenues could be reduced, resulting in
increased losses.
FAILURE TO RAISE NECESSARY ADDITIONAL CAPITAL COULD RESTRICT OUR GROWTH AND
HINDER OUR ABILITY TO COMPETE
We have had negative cash flow in every fiscal period since we began
operations and are not certain when we will have positive cash flow, if at all.
We have regularly needed to raise funds in order to operate our business and may
need to raise additional funds in the future. We cannot be certain that we will
be able to obtain additional financing on favorable terms, if at all. If we
issue additional equity securities, stockholders may experience dilution or the
new equity securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those
of existing holders of class A common stock. If we cannot raise funds on
acceptable terms, if and when needed, we may not be able to take advantage of
future opportunities, grow our business or respond to competitive pressures or
unanticipated requirements, which could seriously harm our business.
WE MAY INCUR SUBSTANTIAL COSTS IF WE ARE UNABLE TO COMPLETE OUR EDISON
CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS PROJECT
We have entered into a contract to purchase a lot located in the Harlem
section of the borough of Manhattan in New York City for a purchase price of $10
million. We intend to develop the property in partnership with the Museum of
African Art for a mixed-use project consisting of our corporate headquarters, a
charter school and a museum. We have not yet received the necessary zoning
approvals for this project. We have paid $3.0 million to the current owner of
the property and could be required to pay up to an additional $500,000 if we
need to extend the closing date in order to obtain the zoning approvals. If we
are unable to obtain the necessary zoning approvals by April 11, 2001, or if
prior to that time we decide to terminate the contract, we will be forced either
to forfeit any amounts paid to the current owner, which could be as much as $3.5
million, or to purchase the property without the zoning approvals. In addition,
we do not currently have a contract with the Museum of African Art for this
project or an agreement with any party to operate a charter school on that site.
We must also acquire additional property adjacent to the lot to house the entire
project. If we are unable to acquire the additional property, we will be
required to reduce the size of the project.
RISKS RELATED TO GOVERNMENTAL FUNDING AND REGULATION OF THE EDUCATION INDUSTRY
WE RELY ON GOVERNMENT FUNDS FOR SPECIFIC EDUCATION PROGRAMS, AND OUR BUSINESS
COULD SUFFER IF WE FAIL TO COMPLY WITH RULES CONCERNING THE RECEIPT AND USE OF
THE FUNDS
We benefit from funds from federal and state programs to be used for
specific educational purposes. Funding from the federal government under Title I
of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act, which provides federal funds for
children from low-income families, accounted for approximately 6% of our total
revenue for the year ended June 30, 1999. We estimate that funding from other
federal and state programs accounts for an additional 12% of our total revenue.
A number of factors relating to these government programs could lead to adverse
effects on our business:
- These programs have strict requirements as to eligible students and
allowable activities. If we or our school district and charter board
clients fail to comply with the regulations governing the programs, we or
our clients could be required to repay the funds or be determined
ineligible to receive these funds, which would harm our business.
17
<PAGE> 17
- If the income demographics of a district's population were to change over
the life of our management agreement for a school in the district,
resulting in a decrease in Title I funding for the school, we would
receive less revenue for operating the school and our financial results
could suffer.
- Funding from federal and state education programs is allocated through
formulas. If federal or state legislatures or, in some case, agencies
were to change the formulas, we could receive less funding and the growth
and financial performance of our business would suffer.
- Federal, state and local education programs are subject to annual
appropriations of funds. Federal or state legislatures or local officials
could drastically reduce the funding amount of appropriation for any
program, which would hurt our business and our ability to grow.
- The authorization for the Elementary and Secondary Education Act,
including Title I, has expired and this act is being funded by Congress
on an interim appropriation basis. If Congress does not reauthorize or
continue to provide interim appropriation for the Elementary and
Secondary Education Act, we would receive less funding and our growth and
financial results would suffer.
- Most federal education funds are administered through state and local
education agencies, which allot funds to school boards and charter
boards. These state and local education agencies are subject to extensive
government regulation concerning their eligibility for federal funds. If
these agencies were declared ineligible to receive federal education
funds, the receipt of federal education funds by our school board or
charter board clients could be delayed, which could in turn delay our
payment from our school board and charter board clients.
- We could become ineligible to receive these funds if any of our
high-ranking employees commit serious crimes.
WE COULD BE SUBJECT TO EXTENSIVE GOVERNMENT REGULATION BECAUSE WE BENEFIT FROM
FEDERAL FUNDS, AND OUR FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS COULD
RESULT IN THE REDUCTION OR LOSS OF FEDERAL EDUCATION FUNDS
Because we benefit from federal funds, we must also comply with a variety
of federal laws and regulations not directly related to any federal education
program, such as federal civil rights laws and laws relating to lobbying. Our
failure to comply with these federal laws and regulations could result in the
reduction or loss of federal education funds which would cause our business to
suffer. In addition, our management agreements are potentially covered by
federal procurement rules and regulations because our school district and
charter board clients pay us, in part, with funds received from federal
programs. Federal procurement rules and regulations generally require
competitive bidding, awarding contracts based on lowest cost and similar
requirements. If a court or federal agency determined that a management
agreement was covered by federal procurement rules and regulations and was
awarded without compliance with those rules and regulations, then the management
agreement could be voided and we could be required to repay any federal funds we
received under the management agreement, which would hurt our business.
WE RECEIVE ALL OF OUR REVENUE FROM PUBLIC SOURCES AND ANY REDUCTION IN GENERAL
FUNDING LEVELS FOR EDUCATION COULD HURT OUR BUSINESS
All of our revenue is derived from public sources. If general levels of
funding for public education were to decline, the field of school districts in
which we could profitably operate schools would likewise diminish, and our
ability to grow by adding new schools would suffer. In addition, our management
agreements generally provide that we bear the risk of lower levels of per-pupil
funding, which would be directly reflected in lower revenue to us, even if our
costs do not decline accordingly.
RESTRICTIONS ON GOVERNMENT FUNDING OF FOR-PROFIT SCHOOL MANAGEMENT COMPANIES
COULD HURT OUR BUSINESS
Any restriction on the use of federal or state government educational funds
by for-profit companies could hurt our business and our ability to grow. From
time to time, a variety of proposals have been
18
<PAGE> 18
introduced in state legislatures to restrict or prohibit the management of
public schools by private, for-profit entities like us. For example, a bill
filed in Minnesota that would have prohibited for-profit entities from managing
charter schools in that state was defeated in both 1997 and 1998. A similar bill
in Massachusetts was not voted out of committee. Additionally, Idaho's charter
school law may, subject to interpretation, restrict our ability to manage
schools in that state. If states were to adopt legislation prohibiting
for-profit entities from operating public schools, the market for our services
could suffer.
THE OPERATION OF OUR CHARTER SCHOOLS DEPENDS ON THE MAINTENANCE OF THE
UNDERLYING CHARTER GRANT
Our charter schools operate under a charter that is typically granted by a
state authority to a third-party charter holder, such as a community group or
established non-profit organization. Our management agreement in turn is with
the charter holder or the charter board. If the state charter authority were to
revoke the charter, which could occur based on actions of the charter board
outside of our control, we would lose the right to operate that school. In
addition, many state charter school statutes require periodic reauthorization.
Charter schools accounted for 33.5% of our total revenue in fiscal 1999, or
$44.5 million, and 34.9% for the nine months ended March 31, 2000, or $57.4
million. If state charter school legislation were not reauthorized or were
substantially altered in a meaningful number of states, our business and growth
strategy would suffer and we could incur losses.
RISKS RELATED TO THIS OFFERING
OUR OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS WILL EXERCISE SIGNIFICANT CONTROL OVER OUR AFFAIRS,
WHICH COULD RESULT IN THEIR TAKING ACTIONS OF WHICH OTHER STOCKHOLDERS DO NOT
APPROVE
Based upon their holdings at June 30, 2000, our officers and directors and
entities affiliated with them will together beneficially own 21,213,202 shares
of class A common stock and 3,142,063 shares of class B common stock following
this offering. These shares will represent approximately 49.1% of the voting
power of the class A common stock, including the ability to elect three of the
seven class A directors; approximately 82.5% of the voting power of the class B
common stock, including the ability to elect all of the four class B directors;
and approximately 62.3% of the combined voting power of the class A and class B
common stock. Of the shares beneficially owned by our officers and directors and
others affiliated with them, 3,353,489 shares of class A common stock and
371,003 shares of class B common stock are subject to options exercisable within
60 days of June 30, 2000. These stockholders, if they act together, will be able
to exercise control over all matters requiring approval by our stockholders,
including the approval of significant corporate transactions. This concentration
of ownership may also have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in
control of our company and could prevent stockholders from receiving a premium
over the market price if a change of control is proposed.
In addition, H. Christopher Whittle, our President and Chief Executive
Officer and a director, will beneficially own 4,233,305 shares of class A common
stock and 1,281,758 shares of class B common stock following this offering.
These shares will represent approximately 11.9% of the voting power of the class
A common stock; approximately 35.3% of the voting power of the class B common
stock, including the ability to elect two of the four class B directors; and
approximately 21.0% of the combined voting power of the class A and class B
common stock. Of the shares beneficially owned by Mr. Whittle and his
affiliates, 1,710,696 shares of class A common stock and 190,080 shares of class
B common stock are subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 30,
2000. Mr. Whittle and his affiliates also own options not exercisable within 60
days of June 30, 2000 covering 2,721,804 shares of class A common stock and
302,420 shares of class B common stock. To the extent Mr. Whittle exercises
these options, his voting power will be increased. In addition, if the other
holders of class B common stock sell a significant portion of their class B
common stock, the voting power of Mr. Whittle's class B common stock will
further concentrate. Also, if the other holders of class B common stock reduce
their common stock holdings below a specified threshold, then their class B
common stock will automatically convert into class A common stock, further
increasing Mr. Whittle's voting power. The class B common stock generally
converts into class A common stock upon its transfer. However, shares of class B
common stock transferred to
19
<PAGE> 19
Mr. Whittle do not automatically convert into class A common stock.
Consequently, Mr. Whittle can also increase his voting power by acquiring shares
of class B common stock from other stockholders.
PLEDGES OF SHARES OF OUR COMMON STOCK BY MR. WHITTLE COULD RESULT IN VOTING
POWER SHIFTING TO THE HANDS OF HIS LENDERS
Mr. Whittle and WSI Inc., a corporation controlled by Mr. Whittle, will
directly or indirectly own 3,194,929 shares of class A common stock and
1,166,382 shares of class B common stock following this offering, including an
aggregate of 761,625 shares of class A common stock and 84,625 shares of class B
common stock which represents WSI's interest in a limited partnership and a
limited liability company that hold Edison stock. These figures include shares
issuable upon the exercise of options within 60 days of June 30, 2000. Mr.
Whittle and WSI have pledged to Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York all of
their direct and indirect interests in Edison to secure personal obligations.
These obligations become due in February 2003 and interest on these obligations
is payable monthly. In addition, Mr. Whittle may not vote his class A common
stock and class B common stock on any matter other than the election or removal
of directors without Morgan's prior written consent. Of these shares, Morgan
allowed WSI to pledge up to 900,002 shares to other lenders. Upon satisfaction
of WSI's obligations to the other lenders, these shares would revert back to
being pledged to Morgan. Morgan also allowed WSI to grant options to purchase an
aggregate of 65,991 of these shares to other investors. If these options were
not exercised, these shares would revert back to being pledged to Morgan. If Mr.
Whittle and WSI were to default on their obligations to Morgan and Morgan were
to foreclose on its pledge, the class B common stock transferred directly or
indirectly to Morgan would be converted into class A common stock. Thereafter,
based on current holdings, and assuming the shares pledged to the other lenders
and the shares subject to options to other investors revert to the Morgan
pledge, Morgan, together with its affiliates who are currently stockholders of
Edison, would beneficially own 6,922,012 shares of class A common stock,
including shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2000.
The holdings of Morgan and its affiliates would then represent 18.1% of the
voting power of the class A common stock, 13.1% of the voting power of the class
B common stock and 16.0% of the combined voting power. This would enable Morgan
to exercise greater influence over corporate matters.
OUR STOCK PRICE MAY BE VOLATILE
The market price of the class A common stock may fluctuate significantly in
response to the risks discussed above, as well as other factors, some of which
are beyond our control. These other factors include:
- variations in our quarterly operating results;
- changes in securities analysts' estimates of our financial performance;
- changes in market valuations of similar companies;
- future sales of our class A common stock or other securities; and
- general stock market volatility.
Since our class A common stock has been publicly traded, its market price
has fluctuated over a wide range and we expect it to continue to do so in the
future. In the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought
against a company following periods of volatility in the market price of its
securities. We may in the future be the target of similar litigation. Securities
litigation could result in substantial costs and divert management's attention
and resources.
OUR STOCK PRICE COULD BE AFFECTED BY SHARES BECOMING AVAILABLE FOR SALE
Our class A common stock is not heavily traded. Sales of a substantial
number of shares of class A common stock in the public market by any of our
officers, directors or other stockholders could adversely affect the prevailing
market price of the class A common stock and impair our ability to raise capital
20
<PAGE> 20
through the sale of equity securities. Substantially all of the outstanding
shares of our common stock are eligible to be sold in the public markets. Of
these shares and including shares issuable upon the exercise of options and
warrants, 31,070,784 shares are subject to 90-day lock-up agreements with the
underwriters and 7,106,249 shares are subject to lock-up agreements with us that
expire on August 7, 2000.
ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS OF DELAWARE LAW AND OUR CHARTER AND BYLAWS COULD
PREVENT OR DELAY A CHANGE IN CONTROL
Provisions of Delaware law, our charter and our bylaws could make it more
difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if doing so would be beneficial
to our stockholders. These provisions could limit the price that certain
investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of class A common
stock, and could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change
in control of Edison. These provisions include:
- the high-vote nature of the class B common stock;
- restrictions on removal of directors, which may only be effected for
cause and only by a vote of the holders of 80% of the class of common
stock that elected the director;
- Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware which could have
the effect of delaying transactions with interested stockholders;
- a prohibition of stockholder action by written consent; and
- procedural and notice requirements for calling and bringing action before
stockholder meetings.
WE HAVE BROAD DISCRETION TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THIS OFFERING
We plan to use the proceeds from this offering to fund operating losses and
capital expenditures, and for general corporate purposes. Therefore, we will
have broad discretion as to how we will spend the proceeds, and stockholders may
not agree with the ways in which we use the proceeds. We may not be successful
in investing the proceeds from this offering, in our operations or external
investments, to yield a favorable return. We may also lose the proceeds of this
offering.
21
<PAGE> 21
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Some of the statements under "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors,"
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Result of
Operations," "Business" and elsewhere in this prospectus are forward-looking
statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and
Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. We have based these
forward-looking statements on our current expectations and projections about our
ability to, among other things:
- implement our business strategy;
- expand our customer base and increase the number of students enrolled in
schools managed by us;
- control costs;
- improve the academic achievement of students in our schools; and
- manage our rapid growth.
In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by words such as
"may," "will," "should," "expects," "plans," "anticipates," "believes,"
"estimates," "predicts," "potential" or "continue," or the negative of these and
other similar words.
Forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks,
uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of
activity, performance, achievements and prospects to be materially different
from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. These risks,
uncertainties and other factors include those identified under "Risk Factors."
OUR ADDRESS
We are a Delaware corporation, and our principal executive offices are
located at 521 Fifth Avenue, 15th Floor, New York, New York 10175 and our
telephone number is (212) 419-1600. Our web site address is
www.edisonschools.com. The information on our web site is not incorporated by
reference into this document and should not be considered to be a part of this
document. Our web site address is included in this document as an inactive
textual reference only.
22
<PAGE> 22
USE OF PROCEEDS
Our net proceeds from the sale of the 2,900,000 shares of class A common
stock to be sold by us in this offering will be approximately $61.9 million,
after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses
payable by us. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of class A
common stock by the selling stockholders.
We expect to use the net proceeds to fund future operating losses and
capital expenditures related to our growth, and for anticipated working capital
needs and general corporate purposes. Although we may use a portion of the net
proceeds to acquire businesses, products or technologies that are complementary
to our business, we have no specific acquisitions planned. Pending such uses, we
plan to invest the net proceeds in investment grade, interest-bearing
securities.
DIVIDEND POLICY
We have never paid or declared any cash dividends on our common stock or
other securities and do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable
future. We currently intend to retain all future earnings, if any, for use in
the operation of our business. Our existing line of credit prohibits the payment
of dividends without the consent of the lender.
PRICE RANGE OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK
Our class A common stock began trading on the Nasdaq National Market on
November 11, 1999, under the symbol "EDSN." The following table sets forth for
the indicated periods the high and low sale prices of our class A common stock
as reported by the Nasdaq National Market.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
HIGH LOW
---- ---
<S> <C> <C>
Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2000:
Second Quarter (beginning November 11, 1999).............. $18.44 $14.50
Third Quarter............................................. 25.13 12.75
Fourth Quarter............................................ 26.50 19.25
Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2001:
First Quarter (through August 2, 2000).................... $23.75 $21.25
</TABLE>
On August 2, 2000, the last reported sale price of our class A common stock
on the Nasdaq National Market was $23.06.
In connection with our initial public offering in November 1999, our
executive officers, directors and most of our stockholders entered into 180 day
lock-up agreements with the underwriters. These lock-up agreements expired in
May 2000, at which time we entered into new 90-day lock-up agreements with the
holders of 38,177,033 shares of our common stock, including shares of our common
stock issuable upon the exercise of options and warrants. These lock-up
agreements expire on August 7, 2000.
23
<PAGE> 23
CAPITALIZATION
The following table describes our cash and cash equivalents, stockholder
notes receivable, current portion of long-term debt and capitalization as of
March 31, 2000:
- on an actual basis; and
- on an as adjusted basis reflecting:
- the exercise of options and warrants by some of the selling
stockholders to purchase 675,000 shares of class A common stock that
they will sell in this offering and our receipt of the aggregate
proceeds of $5.0 million from that exercise; and
- the sale of the shares of class A common stock offered by us in this
offering and our receipt of the net proceeds, after deducting the
underwriting discount and the estimated offering expenses that we
expect to pay in connection with this offering.
You should read this table along with "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," our financial statements and
the related notes and the other financial information included in this
prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AS OF MARCH 31, 2000
-----------------------
ACTUAL AS ADJUSTED
-------- -----------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C>
Cash and cash equivalents................................... $ 81,036 $140,517
======== ========
Stockholder notes receivable................................ $ 7,281 $ 7,281
======== ========
Current portion of long-term debt........................... $ 8,974 $ 8,974
======== ========
Long-term debt, less current portion........................ $ 11,261 $ 11,261
Stockholders' notes payable................................. 6,611 6,611
Stockholders' equity:
Class A common stock, $.01 par value per share;
150,000,000 shares authorized; 39,068,447 shares issued
and outstanding (actual); 42,654,325 shares issued and
outstanding (as adjusted).............................. 391 426
Class B common stock, $.01 par value per share; 5,000,000
shares authorized; 3,528,543 shares issued and
outstanding (actual); 3,517,665 shares issued and
outstanding (as adjusted).............................. 35 35
Preferred stock, undesignated, $.01 par value per share;
5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or
outstanding (actual and as adjusted)................... -- --
Additional paid-in capital................................ 301,537 368,320
Unearned stock-based compensation......................... (3,422) (3,422)
Accumulated deficit....................................... (106,780) (106,780)
Stockholder note receivable............................... (2,175) (2,175)
-------- --------
Total stockholders' equity........................... 189,586 256,404
-------- --------
Total capitalization........................................ $207,458 $274,276
======== ========
</TABLE>
The number of shares of class A and class B common stock outstanding as of
March 31, 2000 does not reflect:
- 7,156,732 shares of class A common stock and 785,731 shares of class B
common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of outstanding options
as of March 31, 2000 at a weighted average exercise price of $21.29 per
share, of which options to purchase 3,150,066 shares of class A common
stock and 349,147 shares of class B common stock were vested as of such
date;
24
<PAGE> 24
- 3,253,156 shares of class A common stock and 361,509 shares of class B
common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of warrants outstanding
as of March 31, 2000 at a weighted average exercise price of $14.13 per
share; and
- 1,259,959 shares of class A common stock issuable under options issued
after March 31, 2000 at a weighted average exercise price of $20.16 per
share.
As of March 31, 2000, there were 2,737,033 additional shares of common stock
reserved for issuance under our stock option plans.
25
<PAGE> 25
DILUTION
Our net tangible book value as of March 31, 2000 was approximately $188.8
million or approximately $4.43 per share of common stock. The formula for
calculating net tangible book value per share is total assets less deferred
charter costs and total liabilities, divided by the total number of shares of
class A and class B common stock outstanding. After giving effect to the
exercise immediately prior to this offering by selling stockholders of stock
options to purchase 75,000 shares of class A common stock at a price of $2.50
per share and warrants to purchase 600,000 shares at a price of $7.96 per share,
and the receipt by us of the aggregate of $5.0 million from those exercises, our
net tangible book value would have been $193.8 million, or $4.48 per share of
common stock. After giving further effect to the issuance and sale of the
2,900,000 shares of class A common stock offered by us in this offering and the
receipt of our net proceeds from the sale of these shares, our net tangible book
value at March 31, 2000 would have been $255.6 million, or $5.54 per share. This
represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value to existing
stockholders of $1.06 per share and an immediate dilution to new investors of
$17.34 per share. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
Public offering price per share............................. $22.88
Net tangible book value per share at March 31, 2000....... $4.43
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable
to exercise of options and warrants.................... 0.05
-----
Net tangible book value per share before this offering.... 4.48
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable
to new investors....................................... 1.06
-----
Net tangible book value per share after this offering....... 5.54
------
Dilution per share to new investors......................... $17.34
======
</TABLE>
26
<PAGE> 26
SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with
our financial statements and the related notes and with "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included in this
prospectus. The statement of operations data for the years ended June 30, 1997,
1998 and 1999, and the balance sheet data as of June 30, 1998 and 1999, are
derived from, and are qualified by reference to, audited financial statements
included in this prospectus. The statement of operations data for the years
ended June 30, 1995 and 1996 and the balance sheet data as of June 30, 1995,
1996 and 1997 are derived from our audited financial statements that are not
included in this prospectus. The statement of operations data for the nine
months ended March 31, 1999 and 2000 and the balance sheet data as of March 31,
2000 are derived from our unaudited financial statements included in this
prospectus. The unaudited financial statements have been prepared on the same
basis as the audited financial statements and, in our opinion, include all
adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a
fair presentation of the information set forth therein. Historical results,
including those for the nine months ended March 31, 2000, are not necessarily
indicative of results that may be expected for any future period.
Administration, curriculum and development expenses for fiscal 1999 included
$22.4 million of stock-based compensation expense. See "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Stock-Based and
Other Non-Cash Compensation Expenses." Please see note 2 in the notes to our
financial statements for information concerning the calculation of pro forma
basic and diluted net loss per share.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NINE MONTHS ENDED
FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, MARCH 31,
------------------------------------------------------ ---------------------
1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 1999 2000
-------- -------- -------- -------- ---------- -------- ----------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenue from educational services.......... $ -- $ 11,773 $ 38,559 $ 69,407 $ 132,762 $ 95,971 $ 164,278
-------- -------- -------- -------- ---------- -------- ----------
Education and operating expenses:
Direct site expenses..................... -- 11,415 32,150 59,576 114,097 81,911 142,238
Administration, curriculum and
development............................ 14,286 7,717 12,755 18,258 49,984 22,391 29,889
Depreciation and amortization............ -- 1,166 3,552 7,232 12,526 9,265 14,856
Pre-opening expenses..................... -- 1,476 1,487 2,486 5,457 3,451 5,546
Design team compensation................. -- -- -- 2,724 -- -- --
-------- -------- -------- -------- ---------- -------- ----------
Total education and operating
expenses............................. 14,286 21,774 49,944 90,276 182,064 117,018 192,529
-------- -------- -------- -------- ---------- -------- ----------
Loss from operations....................... (14,286) (10,001) (11,385) (20,869) (49,302) (21,047) (28,251)
Other income (expense), net................ 161 (102) (37) (1,046) (131) 886 400
-------- -------- -------- -------- ---------- -------- ----------
Net loss................................... (14,125) (10,103) (11,422) (21,915) (49,433) (20,161) (27,851)
Dividends on preferred stock............... -- -- -- (4,290) -- -- --
Preferred stock accretion.................. -- -- -- (278) (1,027) (770) --
-------- -------- -------- -------- ---------- -------- ----------
Net loss attributable to common
stockholders............................. $(14,125) $(10,103) $(11,422) $(26,483) $ (50,460) $(20,931) $ (27,851)
======== ======== ======== ======== ========== ======== ==========
Basic and diluted net loss per share
attributable to common stockholders...... $ (3.68) $ (8.52) $ (16.24) $ (6.74) $ (1.23)
======== ======== ========== ======== ==========
Weighted average number of common shares
outstanding used in computing basic and
diluted net loss per share attributable
to common stockholders................... 3,107,355 3,107,356 3,107,356 3,107,356 22,708,147
======== ======== ========== ======== ==========
Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per
share.................................... $ (1.77) $ (0.73)
========== ==========
Pro forma weighted average number of shares
outstanding used in computing pro forma
basic and diluted net loss per share..... 27,858,515 38,372,066
========== ==========
</TABLE>
(continued
on the following page)
27
<PAGE> 27
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NINE MONTHS ENDED
FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, MARCH 31,
----------------------------------------------------- -------------------
1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 1999 2000
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------- -------- --------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER STUDENT DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STUDENT AND PER STUDENT DATA:
Student enrollment........................... -- 2,250 7,150 12,600 23,900 23,900 37,500
Total revenue per student.................... $ 5,232 $ 5,393 $ 5,508 $ 5,555 $ 4,016 $ 4,381
Net loss per student......................... $ (4,490) $ (1,597) $ (1,739) $ (2,068) $ (844) $ (743)
EBITDA, net of other charges, per student.... $ (3,927) $ (1,089) $ (820) $ (603) $ (285) $ (282)
Cash used in operating activities per
student.................................... $ (3,652) $ (1,530) $ (837) $ (673) $ (493) $ (950)
Cash used in investing activities per
student.................................... $ (2,203) $ (1,822) $ (1,594) $ (1,269) $ (1,118) $ (1,812)
Cash provided by financing activities per
student.................................... $ 6,385 $ 5,008 $ 1,776 $ 2,797 $ 1,619 $ 4,178
OTHER OPERATING DATA:
Capital expenditures......................... $ 233 $ 6,457 $ 15,553 $ 21,181 $ 34,023 $ 22,797 $ 53,879
Gross site contribution...................... $ 358 $ 6,409 $ 9,831 $ 18,665 $ 14,060 $ 22,040
Gross site margin............................ 3.0% 16.6% 14.2% 14.1% 14.7% 13.4%
EBITDA, net of other charges................. $(14,286) $ (8,836) $ (7,787) $(10,328) $ (14,404) $ (6,811) $(10,586)
Cash used in operating activities............ $(14,360) $ (8,216) $(10,941) $(10,550) $ (16,079) $(11,777) $(35,615)
Cash used in investing activities............ $ (3,163) $ (4,956) $(13,030) $(20,082) $ (30,328) $(26,717) $(67,934)
Cash provided by financing activities........ $ 17,973 $ 14,365 $ 35,809 $ 22,383 $ 66,838 $ 38,703 $156,662
Total number of schools...................... -- 4 12 25 51 51 79
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AS OF JUNE 30,
----------------------------------------------------- AS OF MARCH 31,
1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------- ---------------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents........................ $ 2,710 $ 3,904 $ 15,741 $ 7,492 $ 27,923 $ 81,036
Working capital.................................. 4,672 7,960 19,843 2,684 22,634 100,006
Total assets..................................... 8,271 19,603 48,472 58,294 106,870 241,369
Total debt, including current portion............ -- 2,825 9,395 17,151 21,535 26,846
Accumulated deficit.............................. (47,845) (57,948) (7,581) (29,496) (78,929) (106,780)
Total stockholders' equity....................... 7,386 13,929 33,814 29,190 63,042 189,586
</TABLE>
28
<PAGE> 28
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of the financial condition and
results of operations of Edison should be read in conjunction with "Selected
Financial and Operating Data" and our financial statements and the related notes
included in this prospectus. This discussion and analysis contains
forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual
results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking
statements as a result of certain factors that include, but are not limited to,
those set forth under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus.
OVERVIEW
We are the nation's largest private operator of public schools serving
students from kindergarten through 12th grade. We contract with local school
districts and public charter school boards to assume educational and operational
responsibility for individual schools in return for per-pupil funding that is
generally comparable to that spent on other public schools in the area. We
opened our first four schools in August 1995 and have grown rapidly in every
subsequent year. We served 37,500 students in 79 schools located in 16 states
across the country and the District of Columbia in the 1999-2000 school year.
For the 2000-2001 school year, we expect to enroll between 57,000 and 59,000
students in 108 schools located in 21 states and the District of Columbia. Our
total revenue has increased from $11.8 million in fiscal 1996 to $132.8 million
in fiscal 1999 and $164.3 million in the nine months ended March 31, 2000.
From our formation in 1992 until opening our first schools in fiscal 1996,
we were a development stage company focused on research, development and
marketing of the Edison school design and curriculum and raising capital to
support our business plan. From 1992 until 1995, Edison's team of leading
educators and scholars developed an innovative, research-backed curriculum and
school design. We operated as a partnership prior to November 1996, when we
converted to a corporation. As of March 31, 2000, our accumulated deficit since
November 1996 was approximately $106.8 million. In addition, prior to November
1996, we incurred losses of approximately $61.8 million, which are reflected in
our additional paid-in capital. Because of our rapid growth, and in view of the
evolving nature of our business and our limited operating history, we believe
that period-to-period comparisons of our operating results may not be
meaningful.
Edison's curriculum expenses include the ongoing costs to maintain and
support Edison's educational design. These expenses include the salaries and
wages of trained educators in our central office curriculum department, the
costs of providing professional training to our staff and teachers, including
materials, and the ongoing costs of maintaining and updating the teaching
methods and educational content of our program.
We make a significant investment in each school we open. The investment
generally includes:
- initial staff training and professional development;
- technology, including laptop computers for teachers and, after the first
year of operation, a computer for the home of every child above the
second grade;
- books and other materials to support the Edison curriculum and school
design, including enrollment fees for the Success for All reading
program; and
- upgrades in facilities.
REVENUE FROM EDUCATIONAL SERVICES
Our revenue is principally derived from contractual relationships to manage
and operate contract and charter schools. We also receive small amounts of
revenue, which represented less than 0.5% of total revenue in fiscal 1999 and
for the nine months ended March 31, 2000, from the collection of after-school
program fees and food service costs. We receive per-pupil revenue from local,
state and federal sources, including Title I and special education funding, in
return for providing comprehensive education to our
29
<PAGE> 29
students. The per-pupil revenue is generally comparable to the funding spent on
other public schools in the area. We recognize revenue for each school pro rata
over the 11 months from August through June. Because the amount of revenue we
receive for operating each school depends on the number of students enrolled,
achieving site-specific enrollment objectives is necessary for satisfactory
financial performance at the school. Both the amount of per-pupil revenue and
the initial enrollment at each school become known at the beginning of the
school year and generally tend not to vary significantly throughout the year.
For these reasons, our revenue for each school year is largely predictable at
the beginning of the school year.
DIRECT SITE EXPENSES
Direct site expenses include most of the expenses incurred on-site at our
schools. The largest component of this expense is salaries and wages, primarily
for principals and teachers. The remaining direct site expenses include on-site
administration, facility maintenance and, in some cases, transportation and food
services. Once staffing levels for the school year are determined, most of these
expenses are fixed and, accordingly, variations in enrollment will generally not
change the overall cost structure of a school for that year. Direct site
expenses do not include teacher training and other pre-opening expenses
associated with new schools, financing costs or depreciation and amortization
related to technology, including computers for teachers and students, curriculum
materials and capital improvements to school buildings.
GROSS SITE CONTRIBUTION AND GROSS SITE MARGIN
We define gross site contribution as revenue from educational services less
direct site expenses. Gross site margin is gross site contribution expressed as
a percentage of revenue from educational services. Gross site contribution is a
measurement of ongoing site-level operating performance of our schools. We
believe it serves as a useful operating measurement when evaluating our schools'
financial performance. Gross site contribution does not reflect all site-related
costs, including depreciation and amortization or interest expense and principal
repayment related to site-level investments, or on-site pre-opening expenses,
and accordingly gross site contribution does not represent site-level
profitability.
ADMINISTRATION, CURRICULUM AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES
Support from our central office is important for the successful delivery of
our curriculum and school design. Administration, curriculum and development
expenses include those amounts related to the creation and enhancement of our
curriculum, and our general, administrative and sales and marketing functions.
These costs include costs for curriculum, assessment and training professionals,
sales and marketing personnel, financial reporting and legal and technological
support and travel expenses and other development activities.
PRE-OPENING EXPENSES
Pre-opening expenses consist principally of various administrative and
personnel costs incurred prior to the opening of a new school or the expansion
of an existing school, particularly the costs for the initial training and
orientation of professional staff, recruitment and travel expenses and expenses
for temporary offices and staff. In connection with the establishment of a new
school, we seek to hire the school's principal several months in advance of the
school's opening. This allows the principal to hire staff, most of whom receive
substantial professional training in the Edison education design prior to the
first day of school. Pre-opening expenses generally are first incurred in the
fourth quarter of the fiscal year prior to the school's opening or expansion and
continue into the first quarter of the fiscal year in which the school opens.
These costs are expensed as incurred.
DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION
Depreciation and amortization relates primarily to the investments we make
in each school for books and other educational materials, including enrollment
fees for the Success for All program, computers and other technology, and
facility improvements. These investments support the Edison curriculum and
school design and relate directly to our provision of educational services.
30
<PAGE> 30
ENROLLMENT
Our annual budgeting process establishes site-specific revenue and expense
objectives, which include assumptions about enrollment and anticipated
per-student funding. While our budgets include desired enrollment levels, we do
not attempt to maximize enrollment based upon the physical capacity of our
facilities. Our budgets are designed to achieve both financial and academic
goals, both of which we believe are critical to the ongoing success of our
business. Therefore, our budgets are designed to achieve the proper balance
between financial performance and academic standards. While managed closely at
each school, our school enrollment levels are evaluated by management in the
aggregate.
We implement various strategies to achieve optimal enrollment, including
local recruiting, media advertising, and coordinating with our school district
partners and community groups. Since some site costs are partially fixed,
incremental enrollment can positively affect profitability. Further, due to the
closely correlated relationship of site revenue and expenses, school personnel
closely manage expenses based upon actual enrollment. While 49 of our 79 schools
maintained waiting lists or were oversubscribed during the 1999-2000 school
year, based upon our assumptions about enrollment used in the budgeting process,
in the aggregate our schools were operating at 97.5% of the enrollment levels
assumed in our budget. During the 1998 and 1999 fiscal years, we operated at
approximately 96% of assumed enrollment levels. As discussed below under
"--Financial Performance," we do not believe that achieving 100% of assumed
enrollment at each school is necessary to achieve positive cash flow.
FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
We have incurred substantial net losses in every fiscal period since we
began operations and expect losses to continue into the future. For the fiscal
year ended June 30, 1999, our net loss was $49.4 million, and for the nine
months ended March 31, 2000, our net loss was $27.9 million. As of March 31,
2000, our accumulated deficit since November 1996, when we converted from a
partnership to a corporation, was approximately $106.8 million. In addition,
prior to November 1996, we incurred losses of approximately $61.8 million, which
are reflected in our additional paid-in capital.
The following table sets forth various financial data expressed as a
percentage of total revenue for the periods indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NINE MONTHS
FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, ENDED MARCH 31,
-------------------------- ----------------
1997 1998 1999 1999 2000
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenue from educational services................ 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
----- ----- ----- ----- -----
Education and operating expenses:
Direct site expenses........................... 83.3 85.8 86.0 85.4 86.6
Administration, curriculum and development
expenses.................................... 33.1 26.3 37.6 23.3 18.2
Depreciation and amortization.................. 9.2 10.4 9.4 9.7 9.0
Pre-opening expenses........................... 3.9 3.6 4.1 3.6 3.4
Design team compensation....................... -- 3.9 -- -- --
----- ----- ----- ----- -----
Total education and operating expenses...... 129.5 130.0 137.1 122.0 117.2
----- ----- ----- ----- -----
Loss from operations............................. (29.5) (30.0) (37.1) (22.0) (17.2)
----- ----- ----- ----- -----
Other income (expense), net...................... (0.1) (1.5) (0.1) 1.0 0.2
----- ----- ----- ----- -----
Net loss......................................... (29.6)% (31.5)% (37.2)% (21.0)% (17.0)%
===== ===== ===== ===== =====
</TABLE>
In order to achieve profitability, we believe it will be necessary both to
improve gross site margin while maintaining educational quality and to continue
to reduce central expenses as a percentage of total revenue from educational
services. The latter improvement is largely dependent on our ability to increase
our total revenue through expanded student enrollment while controlling central
costs.
31
<PAGE> 31
In general, we believe that reaching positive cash flow, like achieving
profitability, will be dependent on increasing our aggregate gross site
contribution without a proportionate increase in central expenses. Because gross
site contribution is the difference between site revenues and site expenditures,
positive gross site contribution can be achieved at a range of enrollment
levels. While higher enrollment tends to have a positive effect on gross site
contribution, our financial success does not depend on 100% enrollment at each
site. In particular, we believe achieving positive cash flow and profitability
is not dependent on closing the gap between 97.5% and 100% aggregate assumed
enrollment, but rather is a function of the aggregate gross site contribution
from all of our sites and our central expenses.
CONTRACT SCHOOLS COMPARED TO CHARTER SCHOOLS
We operate two types of schools: contract and charter. Contract schools are
public schools we operate under a management agreement with local school boards.
Charter schools are schools we operate under a management agreement with a
charter holder, which is typically a community group or non-profit entity that
has been granted a state-authorized charter to create a public school. The cost
of operating a contract school and a charter school is similar, except that, in
the case of a charter school, we are typically required to arrange for a
facility. In some cases, we operate charter schools under a charter granted by
the local school board, which provides the facility. In these cases, we
categorize these schools as contract schools because we do not provide the
facilities and therefore the economics of these arrangements closely resemble
those of a contract school. Charter school facilities that are not provided by a
local school board are financed in a variety of ways, including bank debt,
sale/leaseback arrangements, third-party ownership by real estate investment
trusts and philanthropy. At times, we advance funds or guarantee loans to our
charter board clients to assist them in arranging for facilities. As of March
31, 2000, we had lent or advanced $16.6 million and guaranteed loans of $6.9
million to our charter board clients. Our facility investment for a charter
school will generally exceed our investment in facilities for a contract school.
Because of these higher costs, we generally seek to establish charter schools in
areas with higher per-pupil revenue.
ANTICIPATED FINANCIAL IMPACT OF RECENT TRANSACTIONS
As part of our initial entry into the whole-district market through the
Inkster agreement, we expect to assume approximately $2.6 million of obligations
of the Inkster School District. These obligations will be paid over the next
twelve months and will be amortized over the five-year term of the agreement. In
addition, we expect to incur approximately $1.4 million of incremental
pre-opening costs in fiscal 2001, primarily in the first quarter. These costs
primarily relate to severance and other personnel obligations within the
district, which we were required to assume in connection with the award of the
contract.
We currently estimate that initial launch costs under our new IBM
arrangement will increase our net loss for fiscal 2001 by approximately $4.3
million. We expect, however, to realize significant returns on this investment
in subsequent years in the form of cost savings and improvements in the
scalability of our technology infrastructure to support enrollment growth.
STOCK-BASED AND OTHER NON-CASH COMPENSATION EXPENSES
Beginning in 1995, we granted a number of stock options with four- and
five-year terms. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 1999, we decided to extend the
term of these options to ten years and to make other changes in their terms that
we believe are customary for options granted by public companies. As a result,
we were required to record compensation expense at that time representing the
difference between the exercise price of the options and the deemed fair market
value of the shares underlying the stock options. In this regard, we recognized
an expense of $17.4 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1999. This is in
addition to $5.0 million of stock-based compensation expenses recorded in fiscal
1999 in connection with stock options that were subject to variable accounting
treatment. We expect to recognize additional expenses related to the option
amendments aggregating approximately $7.0 million, including the impact from
options granted during fiscal 2000, over the vesting periods of the individual
stock options. These additional expenses are expected to approximate $3.9
million for fiscal 2000, $1.4 million for fiscal 2001,
32
<PAGE> 32
$1.0 million for fiscal 2002 and $700,000 for fiscal 2003. We do not expect any
future charges for currently existing options resulting from variable
accounting.
INCOME TAXES
We have not recorded any provision for federal, state and local income
taxes because we have incurred operating losses from our inception through March
31, 2000. As of June 30, 1999, we had approximately $80 million of net operating
loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes, approximately $45 million of
which are expected to expire in fiscal 2013 and approximately $35 million of
which are expected to expire in fiscal 2019, available to offset future taxable
income. Given our limited operating history, losses incurred to date and the
difficulty in accurately forecasting our future results, we do not believe the
realization of the related deferred income tax assets meets the criteria
required by generally accepted accounting principles and, accordingly, we have
recorded a full valuation allowance.
SEASONALITY
Because new schools are opened in the first fiscal quarter of each year,
trends in our business, whether favorable or unfavorable, will tend not to be
reflected in our quarterly financial results, but will be evident primarily in
year-to-year comparisons. The first quarter of our fiscal year has historically
reflected less revenue and lower expenses than the other three quarters, and we
expect this pattern to continue. We generally have lower gross site margin in
the first fiscal quarter than in the remaining fiscal quarters. We also
recognize pre-opening costs primarily in the first and fourth quarters.
Our financial results can vary among the quarters within any fiscal year
for other reasons, and our quarterly revenue and results of operations could
also fluctuate somewhat based on changes in school enrollment throughout the
fiscal year. For more information on the seasonality of our financial results,
see "Risk Factors -- Our financial results are subject to patterns that could
affect the perception of our financial results."
33
<PAGE> 33
QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following table presents statement of operations data for the last
seven quarters, expressed both in dollars and as a percentage of total revenue
for those periods. This data has been derived from our unaudited financial
statements, which have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial
statements and, in the opinion of our management, include all adjustments,
consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair
presentation of the information.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
QUARTER ENDED
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SEPT. 30, DEC. 31, MARCH 31, JUNE 30, SEPT. 30, DEC. 31, MARCH 31,
1998 1998 1999 1999 1999 1999 2000
--------- -------- --------- -------- --------- -------- ---------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenue from educational
services..................... $24,004 $35,576 $36,391 $ 36,791 $ 41,151 $61,596 $61,531
------- ------- ------- -------- -------- ------- -------
Education and operating
expenses:
Direct site expenses......... 21,635 30,449 29,827 32,186 38,995 51,693 51,550
Administration, curriculum
and development expenses... 5,891 7,853 8,647 27,593 10,585 9,571 9,733
Depreciation and
amortization............... 2,391 3,508 3,366 3,261 3,587 5,538 5,731
Pre-opening expenses......... 2,727 372 352 2,006 3,456 1,002 1,088
------- ------- ------- -------- -------- ------- -------
Total education and
operating expenses....... 32,644 42,182 42,192 65,046 56,623 67,804 68,102
------- ------- ------- -------- -------- ------- -------
Loss from operations........... (8,640) (6,606) (5,801) (28,255) (15,472) (6,208) (6,571)
------- ------- ------- -------- -------- ------- -------
Other income (expense), net.... 409 727 (250) (1,017) (197) 164 433
------- ------- ------- -------- -------- ------- -------
Net loss....................... $(8,231) $(5,879) $(6,051) $(29,272) $(15,669) $(6,044) $(6,138)
======= ======= ======= ======== ======== ======= =======
(AS A PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL REVENUE)
Revenue from educational
services..................... 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
------- ------- ------- -------- -------- ------- -------
Education and operating
expenses:
Direct site expenses......... 90.1 85.6 82.0 87.5 94.8 83.9 83.8
Administration, curriculum
and development expenses... 24.5 22.1 23.7 75.0 25.7 15.5 15.8
Depreciation and
amortization............... 10.0 9.9 9.2 8.9 8.7 9.0 9.3
Preopening expenses.......... 11.4 1.0 1.0 5.4 8.4 1.6 1.8
------- ------- ------- -------- -------- ------- -------
Total education and
operating expenses...... 136.0 118.6 115.9 176.8 137.6 110.0 110.7
------- ------- ------- -------- -------- ------- -------
Loss from operations........... (36.0) (18.6) (15.9) (76.8) (37.6) (10.0) (10.7)
------- ------- ------- -------- -------- ------- -------
Other income (expense), net.... 1.7 2.0 (0.7) (2.8) (0.5) 0.2 0.7
------- ------- ------- -------- -------- ------- -------
Net loss....................... (34.3)% (16.6)% (16.6)% (79.6)% (38.1)% (9.8)% (10.0)%
======= ======= ======= ======== ======== ======= =======
</TABLE>
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
NINE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2000 COMPARED TO NINE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1999
REVENUE FROM EDUCATIONAL SERVICES. Our revenue from educational services
increased to $164.3 million for the nine months ended March 31, 2000 from $96.0
million for the same period of the prior year, an increase of 71.1%. The
increase was primarily due to a 57% increase in student enrollment from 23,900
in the 1998-1999 school year to 37,500 in the 1999-2000 school year, reflecting
both the opening of new schools and the expansion of existing schools.
34
<PAGE> 34
DIRECT SITE EXPENSES. Our direct site expenses increased to $142.2 million
for the nine months ended March 31, 2000 from $81.9 million for the same period
of the prior year, an increase of 73.6%. Like the increase in revenue from
educational services, the increase in direct site expenses was primarily due to
the 57% increase in student enrollment. The largest element of direct site
expenses is personnel costs. Personnel costs included in direct site expenses
increased to $114.1 million for the nine months ended March 31, 2000 from $65.6
million for the same period of the prior year.
GROSS SITE MARGIN AND CONTRIBUTION. Our gross site contribution was $22.0
million for the nine months ended March 31, 2000 compared to $14.1 million for
the same period of the prior year. The corresponding gross site margin decreased
to 13.4% for the nine months ended March 31, 2000 from 14.7% for the same period
of the prior year.
ADMINISTRATION, CURRICULUM AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES. Our administration,
curriculum and development expenses increased to $29.9 million for the nine
months ended March 31, 2000 from $22.4 million for the same period of the prior
year, an increase of 33.5%. The increase was substantially due to greater
personnel costs resulting from the hiring of approximately 70 new headquarters
employees, which reflects a substantial increase in staff in our school
operations and curriculum and education divisions and an increase in our central
office administrative staff to enhance legal, contracting, and financial
reporting functions. These expenses increased in part due to the additional
reporting and administrative obligations required of us in connection with
operating as a public company. Administration, curriculum and development
expenses also includes $2.8 million of non-cash stock based compensation we
incurred in the nine months ended March 31, 2000 compared to $5.0 million for
the same period of the prior year.
DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION. Our depreciation and amortization increased
to $14.9 million for the nine months ended March 31, 2000 from $9.3 million for
the same period of the prior year, an increase of 60.3%. The increased
depreciation and amortization resulted from additional capital expenditures for
our curriculum materials, computers and related technology, and facility
improvements related to our enrollment growth.
PRE-OPENING EXPENSES. Our pre-opening expenses increased to $5.5 million
for the nine months ended March 31, 2000 from $3.5 million for the same period
of the prior year, an increase of 57.1%. This increase was associated primarily
with opening new schools and expanding existing schools for the 1999-2000 school
year, with 13,600 new students enrolled compared to approximately 11,300 new
students enrolled one year earlier, as well as approximately $500,000 of
expenses incurred for new schools scheduled to be opened in the fall of 2000.
Excluding the non-cash compensation charges discussed above,
administration, curriculum and development and pre-opening expenses as a
percentage of revenues decreased to 19.9% for the nine months ended March 31,
2000 from 21.8% for the same period of the prior year.
EDUCATION AND OPERATING EXPENSES. Our total education and operating
expenses as a percentage of total revenue decreased to 117.2% for the nine
months ended March 31, 2000 from 122.0% for the same period of the prior year.
Total education and operating expenses for the nine months ended March 31, 2000
included stock-based, non-cash expenses, which accounted for 1.7% of total
revenue. Excluding this amount, total education and operating expenses as a
percentage of total revenue would have decreased to 115.5% for the nine months
ended March 31, 2000 from 116.8% for the same period of the prior year. This
decrease primarily resulted from the decrease in administration, curriculum and
development expenses as a percentage of total revenue.
EBITDA, NET OF OTHER CHARGES. EBITDA, net of other charges, means the net
loss we would have shown if we did not take into consideration our interest
expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization, stock based
compensation and non-recurring design team compensation. These costs are
discussed above. This amount for the nine months ended March 31, 2000 was a
negative $10.6 million compared to a negative $6.8 million for the same period
of the prior year. The increased loss resulted primarily from slightly lower
gross site margin and increased administration, curriculum and development,
35
<PAGE> 35
and pre-opening expenses. On a per-student basis, negative EBITDA improved
slightly to $282 compared to $285 for the same period one year ago.
OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSE. Other income, net was $400,000 for the nine
months ended March 31, 2000 compared to $886,000 in the same period of the prior
year. The decrease was primarily due to increased interest expense from expanded
borrowings and the recording of our applicable share of the net losses of APEX
Online Learning, partially offset by an increase of $1.2 million of interest
income resulting from larger invested cash balances. For the nine months ended
March 31, 2000, we recognized $1.3 million of losses as our pro rata share of
APEX's net loss for that period.
NET LOSS AND NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS. Our net loss
increased to $27.9 million for the nine months ended March 31, 2000 from $20.1
million for the same period of the prior year, an increase of 38.8%. During the
nine months ended March 31, 1999 and March 31, 2000, we recognized $770,000 and
$0 of preferred stock accretion, respectively. This resulted in net loss
attributable to common stockholders of $20.9 million and $27.9 million for these
periods, respectively.
FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1998
REVENUE FROM EDUCATIONAL SERVICES. Our revenue from educational services
increased to $132.8 million for fiscal 1999 from $69.4 million for fiscal 1998,
an increase of 91.4%. The increase was primarily due to the 89.7% increase in
student enrollment from 12,600 in the 1997-1998 school year to 23,900 in the
1998-1999 school year, reflecting both the opening of new schools and the
expansion of existing schools.
DIRECT SITE EXPENSES. Our direct site expenses increased to $114.1 million
for fiscal 1999 from $59.6 million for fiscal 1998, an increase of 91.4%. Like
revenue growth, the increase in direct site expenses was primarily due to the
89.7% increase in student enrollment. The largest element of direct site
expenses is personnel costs. Personnel costs included in direct site expenses
increased to $90.7 million for fiscal 1999 from $46.0 million for fiscal 1998.
GROSS SITE MARGIN AND CONTRIBUTION. Our gross site margin remained
relatively stable at 14.1% for fiscal 1999 compared to 14.2% for fiscal 1998.
Higher revenues resulted in an increase in gross site contribution to $18.7
million for fiscal 1999 from $9.8 million for fiscal 1998.
ADMINISTRATION, CURRICULUM AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES. Our administration,
curriculum and development expenses increased to $50.0 million for fiscal 1999
from $18.3 million for fiscal 1998, an increase of 173%. This substantial
increase was primarily due to stock-based, non-cash compensation expense, which
increased to $22.4 million for fiscal 1999 from $585,000 for fiscal 1998,
resulting from amendments to options and, to a lesser extent, application of
variable accounting to outstanding options. A 52.1% increase in personnel costs
resulting from a 104% increase in the number of headquarters employees
represented the next largest portion of the overall increase. This increase in
personnel costs was primarily attributable to a substantial increase in staff in
our school operations and curriculum and education divisions, an increase in our
professional marketing employees to support an expanded marketing program, an
increase in our central office administrative staff to enhance legal and
contracting functions and to expand financial reporting and support functions.
The remainder was primarily attributable to increased travel expenses and, to a
lesser extent, greater rent expenses. Administration, curriculum and development
expenses as a percentage of total revenue increased to 37.6% for fiscal 1999
from 26.3% for fiscal 1998. Excluding stock-based non-cash compensation
expenses, administration, curriculum and development expenses as a percentage of
total revenue decreased to 20.8% for fiscal 1999 from 25.5% for fiscal 1998.
DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION. Our depreciation and amortization increased
to $12.5 million for fiscal 1999 from $7.2 million for fiscal 1998, an increase
of 73.6%. The increased depreciation and amortization resulted from additional
capital expenditures for our curriculum materials, computers and related
technology and, to a lesser extent, facility improvements. For fiscal 1999,
additions to property and equipment totaled $34.0 million, including $13.7
million for additional computers and equipment, $12.6 million for curriculum
materials and $7.7 million for new facilities and improvements. These increases
36
<PAGE> 36
resulted primarily from the large investments in the 26 new schools we opened in
the 1998-1999 school year and operated during the year.
PRE-OPENING EXPENSES. Our pre-opening expenses increased to $5.5 million
for fiscal 1999 from $2.5 million for fiscal 1998, an increase of 120%. This
increase was associated primarily with enrolling students at the 26 new schools
opened in August 1998 compared to the 13 schools opened one year earlier.
DESIGN TEAM COMPENSATION. Some members of our original design team were
entitled to distributions when we achieved predetermined performance objectives.
These objectives were achieved and the contractual provisions triggered in
connection with our issuance of preferred stock in December 1997. Accordingly,
during fiscal 1998, we incurred approximately $2.7 million of expense. We did
not recognize any similar expenses in fiscal 1999 and we do not expect to
recognize any similar expenses in the future.
EDUCATION AND OPERATING EXPENSES. Our total education and operating
expenses as a percentage of total revenue increased to 137.1% for fiscal 1999
from 130.0% for fiscal 1998. Total education and operating expenses for fiscal
1999 included stock-based, non-cash expenses, which accounted for 16.9% of total
revenue. In addition, total education and operating expenses for fiscal 1998
included a non-recurring design team compensation expense which accounted for
3.9% of total revenue. Excluding such amounts, total education and operating
expenses as a percentage of total revenue would have decreased to 120.2% for
fiscal 1999 from 126.1% for fiscal 1998. This decrease primarily resulted from
the decrease in administration, curriculum and development expenses as a
percentage of total revenue.
EBITDA, NET OF OTHER CHARGES. EBITDA, net of other charges, was a negative
$14.4 million for fiscal 1999 compared to a negative $10.3 million for fiscal
1998. The decline was primarily a result of increased administration, curriculum
and development expense. However, on a per-student basis, negative EBITDA
improved from $820 to $603 for the same periods.
LOSS FROM OPERATIONS. Our loss from operations increased to $49.3 million
for fiscal 1999 from $20.9 million for fiscal 1998, an increase of 136%. The
$28.4 million of additional loss primarily reflects the growth in
administration, curriculum and development expenses.
OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSE. We recognized $131,000 of other expenses, net,
for fiscal 1999, compared to $1.0 million for fiscal 1998. The change was
primarily attributable to a significant increase in interest income, which
primarily relates to interest earned on the fully committed proceeds from our
series D preferred stock financing in December 1997, which we drew on as needed
in August and December 1998. We recognized $1.5 million of interest income as a
result of our series D preferred stock financing. This improvement was partially
offset by an increase in interest expense primarily due to additional financing
for technology and other equipment investments at our schools.
NET LOSS AND NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS. Our net loss
increased to $49.4 million for fiscal 1999 from $21.9 million for fiscal 1998,
an increase of 125.5%. During fiscal 1998, we declared a $4.3 million dividend
on preferred stock, in the form of notes payable, in connection with an equity
financing. During fiscal 1999 and fiscal 1998, we recognized $1.0 million and
$278,000 of preferred stock accretion, respectively. This resulted in net loss
attributable to common stockholders of $50.5 million and $26.5 million for these
periods, respectively.
FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1998 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
REVENUE FROM EDUCATIONAL SERVICES. Our revenue from educational services
increased to $69.4 million for fiscal 1998 from $38.6 million for fiscal 1997,
an increase of 79.8%. The greatest portion of the increase was due to student
enrollment increasing 76.2% to 12,600 in the 1997-1998 school year from 7,150 in
the 1996-1997 school year, attributable both to opening new schools and
expanding existing schools.
DIRECT SITE EXPENSES. Our direct site expenses increased to $59.6 million
for fiscal 1998 from $32.1 million for fiscal 1997, an increase of 85.7%. The
increase in direct site expenses was primarily due to increased staffing to
support the 76.2% increase in student enrollment. Personnel costs included in
direct site expenses increased to $46.0 million for fiscal 1998 from $24.0
million for fiscal 1997.
37
<PAGE> 37
GROSS SITE MARGIN AND CONTRIBUTION. Our gross site margin decreased to
14.2% for fiscal 1998 from 16.6% for fiscal 1997. This decrease was due to
improvements in the gross site margin at two schools in fiscal 1997 which was
not sustained in fiscal 1998, as well as a decline in margins for several other
schools. The corresponding gross site contribution increased to $9.8 million for
fiscal 1998 from $6.4 million in fiscal 1997, an increase of 53.1%.
ADMINISTRATION, CURRICULUM AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES. Our administration,
curriculum and development expenses increased to $18.3 million for fiscal 1998
from $12.8 million for fiscal 1997, an increase of 43.0%. The increase reflects
a 28% increase in administrative, curriculum and marketing staff, related travel
expenses, office rents and expanding business and financial services to support
our growing operations. The increase also included approximately $600,000 of
office relocation costs incurred to consolidate our finance and other support
functions in New York City with our other management functions. As a percentage
of total revenue, administration, curriculum and development expenses decreased
to 26.3% for fiscal 1998 from 33.1% for fiscal 1997.
DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION. Our depreciation and amortization increased
to $7.2 million for fiscal 1998 from $3.6 million for fiscal 1997, an increase
of 100%. The increased depreciation and amortization resulted from additional
capital expenditures for our curriculum, computers and related technology and
facility improvements. For fiscal 1998, additions to property and equipment
totaled $21.2 million, including $10.3 million for additional computers and
equipment, $1.8 million for curriculum materials and $9.1 million for new
facilities and improvements. These expenditures were due to the large
investments in the 13 new schools opened in the 1997-1998 school year. We made
capital expenditures in fiscal 1997 of $15.6 million, including $8.8 million for
computers and equipment, $1.4 million for curriculum materials and $5.4 million
for new facilities and improvements.
PRE-OPENING EXPENSES. Our pre-opening expenses increased to $2.5 million
for fiscal 1998 from $1.5 million for fiscal 1997, an increase of 66.7%. The
increase was a direct result of opening new schools and expanding existing
schools for the 1997-1998 school year. During fiscal 1998, we opened 13 new
schools.
DESIGN TEAM COMPENSATION. During fiscal 1998, we incurred approximately
$2.7 million of design team expenses. We had no similar expenses in fiscal 1997.
EDUCATION AND OPERATING EXPENSES. Our total education and operating
expenses as a percentage of total revenue increased to 130.0% for fiscal 1998
from 129.5% for fiscal 1997. Total education and operating expenses for fiscal
1998 included a non-recurring design team compensation expense which accounted
for 3.9% of total revenue. Excluding this amount, total education and operating
expenses as a percentage of total revenue would have decreased to 126.1% for
fiscal 1998 from 129.5% for fiscal 1997. The decrease primarily resulted from
the decrease in administration, curriculum and development expenses as a
percentage of total revenue, partially offset by an increase in direct site
expense of 2.5% as a percentage of total revenue.
EBITDA, NET OF OTHER CHARGES. EBITDA, net of other charges, was a negative
$10.3 million for fiscal 1998 compared to a negative $7.8 million for fiscal
1997. The decline was primarily a result of increased administration, curriculum
and development expense. However, on a per-student basis, negative EBITDA
declined from $1,089 to $820 for the same periods.
OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSE. Other expense, net, increased to $1.0 million in
fiscal 1998 from $37,000 in fiscal 1997. The increase was primarily due to
increased interest expense on additional debt incurred to finance technology and
other equipment investments at our schools. This increase was offset in part by
increased interest income on cash balances.
NET LOSS AND NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS. Our net loss
increased to $21.9 million for fiscal 1998 from $11.4 million for fiscal 1997,
an increase of 92.1%. However, because of our $4.3 million preferred stock
dividend and $278,000 of preferred stock accretion in fiscal 1998, we had net
loss attributable to common stockholders of $26.5 million for the period. In
fiscal 1997, net loss and net loss attributable to common stockholders were
equal.
38
<PAGE> 38
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
We have historically operated in a negative cash flow position. To date we
have financed our cash needs through a combination of equity and debt financing.
Since our inception and through March 31, 2000, we had raised $341.9 million of
equity capital, including $109.3 million, net of offering costs, from our
initial public offering in November 1999. During the same period we used $127.6
million of cash for operating activities and $140.7 million of cash for
investing activities. We have also utilized debt and equipment leasing
arrangements to finance computers and other technology investments in our
schools.
At March 31, 2000, our cash available for operations was approximately
$81.0 million.
In November 1999, we obtained a line of credit from Imperial Bank which
provides for borrowings of up to $10.0 million. The line of credit has a term of
three years and may be used for seasonal working capital needs and other general
corporate purposes. The interest rate on the line of credit is LIBOR plus 4% and
it is secured by our general assets and is subject to financial covenants and
restrictions, including the prohibition on the payment of dividends. We are
obligated to pay a commitment fee at an annual rate of 0.5% on the unused
balance under the line of credit. The line of credit agreement provides that our
total debt may not exceed $53.5 million, our outstanding short-term loans to
charter schools may not exceed $30.0 million and our capital expenditures may
not exceed specified amounts. The agreement specifies minimum student enrollment
thresholds and provides that any default by us under our management agreements
or leases is a default under the line of credit agreement. As of June 30, 2000,
no amounts had been borrowed under the line of credit.
We expect our cash on hand, together with borrowings under financing
arrangements to finance technology and facilities-related expenditures and
expected reimbursements of advances we have made to charter boards, will be
sufficient to meet our working capital needs to operate our existing schools
through fiscal 2001. If, however, we are to open new schools in the 2001-2002
school year, we would require additional funding, such as the proceeds of this
offering.
Our longer term requirements are for capital to fund operating losses,
capital expenditures related to growth and for anticipated working capital needs
and general corporate purposes. We expect to fund such expenditures and other
longer term liquidity needs with cash generated from operations, the proceeds
from this offering and expanded financing arrangements. Depending on the terms
of any financing arrangements, such funding may be dilutive to existing
shareholders, and we cannot be certain that we will be able to obtain additional
financing on favorable terms, if at all.
In general, our ability to achieve positive cash flow will be dependent on
the volume of schools with positive gross site contribution to offset central
office and overhead expenses. Because gross site contribution is the difference
between site revenues and site expenditures, positive gross site contribution
can be achieved at a range of enrollment levels. While higher enrollment tends
to have a positive effect on gross site contribution, our growth and cash flow
do not depend on 100% enrollment.
CASH USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES
For the nine months ended March 31, 2000, we used approximately $35.6
million for operating activities. This use primarily resulted from $27.9 million
of net loss and $24.2 million increase in accounts receivable. These amounts
were offset by approximately $13.7 million of depreciation and amortization, an
increase of $2.1 million in accounts payable and accrued expenses, and $2.8
million in stock-based compensation expense. The large increases in accounts
receivable and accounts payable were directly attributable to a 56.9% increase
in student enrollment that was experienced during the nine month period. For the
nine months ended March 31, 1999, we used approximately $11.8 million for
operating activities. EBITDA, net of other charges, was a negative $10.6 million
for the nine months ended March 31, 2000 compared to a negative $6.8 million for
the nine months ended March 31, 1999. The decline was primarily a result of
increased administration, curriculum and development expense. However, on a
per-student basis, negative EBITDA, net of other charges declined from $285 to
$282 for those same periods.
39
<PAGE> 39
For fiscal 1999, we used approximately $16.1 million for operating
activities. This use primarily resulted from $49.4 million of net loss and a
$3.0 million increase in accounts receivable. These amounts were offset by $22.4
million in stock-based compensation expense, depreciation and amortization
totaling $11.5 million and an increase of $2.6 million of accounts payable and
accrued expenses. The large increases in accounts receivable and accounts
payable and accrued expenses are directly attributable to the 86.7% increase in
student enrollment that was experienced during the fiscal year. In fiscal 1998,
we used approximately $10.6 million for operating activities. EBITDA, net of
other charges, was a negative $14.4 million for fiscal 1999 compared to a
negative $10.3 million for fiscal 1998. The decline was primarily a result of
increased administration, curriculum and development expense. However, on a per-
student basis, negative EBITDA, net of other charges, declined from $820 to $603
for those same periods.
CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES
For the nine months ended March 31, 2000, we used approximately $67.9
million in investing activities. During the nine-month period, we invested
approximately $53.9 million in our schools and central office. This amount
includes the investments we made in technology and curriculum in each of the
schools we open. We have also advanced funds to four of our charter board
clients or their affiliates to help obtain, renovate and complete school
facilities. We generally do not charge interest on these advances. The amounts
advanced during the nine month period ended March 31, 2000 were approximately
$10.9 million. During this same period, we also received approximately $3.6
million in repayments on advances previously made. Significant real estate
investments are often necessary when we establish a charter school and existing
facilities are not available. We work closely with the charter board to locate,
develop, and finance the charter school's facilities. The building or renovation
process generally lasts several months and can vary widely in expense from
minimal upgrades to new construction, which can cost from $4.0 million to more
than $8.0 million. For the nine months ended March 31, 1999, we used
approximately $26.7 million in investing activities. These investments were
primarily for technology and equipment for our schools.
For fiscal 1999, we used approximately $30.3 million in investing
activities. During the year, we invested approximately $34.0 million in our
schools and central office. This amount includes the investments we make in
technology and curriculum in each of the schools we open. We have also advanced
funds to three of our charter board clients or their affiliates to help obtain,
renovate and complete school facilities. We do not charge interest on these
advances. The amounts advanced during fiscal 1999 approximated $15.8 million.
During fiscal 1999, we also received approximately $1.9 million in repayments on
advances previously made. We also sold buildings to charter boards during the
year. The proceeds of the sales approximated $10.5 million and was equal to our
cost to acquire and improve the building. For fiscal 1998, we used approximately
$20.1 million in investing activities. These investments were primarily for
technology and equipment for our schools.
CASH FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
For the nine months ended March 31, 2000, we received $156.7 million in our
financing activities. The amounts received were from issuances of series F
preferred stock, series I common stock, the issuance of class A common stock
through our initial public offering, and the exercise of stock options and
warrants. In July 1999, we completed two private placement financing
transactions for total proceeds of approximately $41.7 million. On November 17,
1999, we completed an initial public offering in which we sold 6.8 million
shares of class A common stock for net proceeds of approximately $109.3 million.
For the nine months ended March 31, 2000, we received approximately $12.0
million in proceeds from financing arrangements for computers and other
technology. These proceeds are partially offset by the repayments of notes
payable of approximately $6.7 million. For the nine months ended March 31, 1999,
we received $38.7 million in our financing activities.
In fiscal 1999, we received approximately $66.8 million in our financing
activities. The amounts received were from issuances of series D, series F and
series G preferred stock during the period. In December 1997, we received a
commitment to purchase approximately $51.0 million, net of expenses, of
40
<PAGE> 40
series D preferred stock. The first payment of $19.2 million on this equity
commitment was made in December 1997 with the remaining $31.8 million
contributed during fiscal 1999. Additionally, stockholder notes payable totaling
$1.6 million were issued in connection with this equity financing, of which
approximately $938,000 were issued during fiscal 1999. The amounts received
pursuant to the equity commitments were partially offset by payments on debt of
approximately $6.2 million. Cash generated from financing activities in fiscal
1998 of $22.4 million was primarily from the issuance of stock and debt
totalling $33.2 million, net of issuance expenses, partially offset by debt
repayments of $7.3 million.
We generally finance our technology investments in schools through debt
arrangements. We have also issued warrants in connection with these
transactions. Details of the financing arrangements are included in note 6 of
the notes to our financial statements. In fiscal 1999, an additional $9.6
million was financed through notes payable for computers and other technology.
PHILANTHROPY
Philanthropic entities supported 11 of the 79 schools we operated in the
1999-2000 school year, focused particularly in those areas where the per-pupil
expenditures would otherwise make it difficult to achieve satisfactory financial
performance. We currently expect that philanthropic support will continue to be
required in those 11 schools, as well as in five of the new schools we expect to
open for the 2000-2001 school year. These philanthropic entities provide funds
directly to our school board or charter board clients, and not to Edison. Our
initial investments to open our six California schools were supported by
philanthropic entities, which made available to the school districts the amounts
to cover the cost of the items necessary to open the schools, including
technology and curriculum materials. In two of these schools, the philanthropic
support also includes funds for ongoing annual operations. In one other
location, the support helped fund the capital improvements to the buildings.
Additionally, philanthropic support has been used in Colorado to help fund a
school building and related renovations and construction. The D2F2 Foundation
has supported some of our schools in California and has indicated that it
intends to provide support up to $22.5 million for schools operated or to be
operated by us, primarily in California; $5.7 million of this amount has been
used to date in schools operated by us and $3.9 million of this amount was used
for the 1999-2000 school year in schools operated by us. We have issued a
warrant to the D2F2 Foundation which represents the right to purchase up to
1,698,750 shares of class A common stock and 188,750 shares of class B common
stock at an exercise price of $7.96 per share. The D2F2 Foundation has indicated
that it will partially exercise this warrant to purchase 600,000 shares of class
A common stock, which it will sell in this offering. Although some of our school
district and charter board clients have used philanthropic funds in the past and
we expect some of them to use philanthropic funds in the future, we do not rely
on philanthropic support significantly for our growth strategy. Our schools
received approximately $11.2 million of philanthropic support in the 1998-1999
school year and $4.1 million in the 1999-2000 school year. There is no guarantee
that philanthropic support will be available to open new schools or operate
existing schools in the future.
CHARTER SCHOOL FACILITY FINANCINGS
Innovative financing methods are often needed to compensate for the limited
amount of state and local funding available to develop charter school
facilities. We have employed a variety of approaches, including owning or
leasing the building, advancing funds for the building to the charter board
without charging interest and under various repayment terms, or having the
charter board directly own or lease the facility from a third party, sometimes
assisted by a subordinated loan from us. We also consider providing guarantees
to lending institutions to allow the charter board flexibility in obtaining
financing. We generally choose the most economically viable option available for
each school and purchase real estate only if we determine it is the best
available financing option. We own no facilities that are not used by schools we
manage. We are currently exploring a variety of financing structures to assist
in our charter efforts, including tax-exempt structures, expanding our current
real estate investment trust relationships and forming our own real estate
investment trust. Currently, our only relationship with a real estate investment
trust consists of a sale and lease-back arrangement with respect to one property
housing two schools. We
41
<PAGE> 41
expect to continue to advance funds to our charter board clients as well as
spend significantly on charter school facilities directly. We have been
successful in securing various financing arrangements in the past, but our
ability to obtain any such financing arrangements in the future cannot be
assured. As of March 31, 2000, we had no direct obligations for charter school
facility financings but had guarantees totaling $6.9 million for
facility-related debt of two of our charter school clients, representing four
schools in fiscal 1999. The underlying debt comes due in fiscal 2001 and fiscal
2002.
We could have facility financing obligations for charter schools we no
longer operate, because the terms of our facility financing obligations for some
of our charter schools exceeds the term of the management agreement for those
schools. For four of our charter schools, we have entered into a long-term lease
for the school facility which exceeds the current term of the management
agreement by as much as 14 years. If our management agreements were to be
terminated, or not renewed in these charter schools, our obligations to make
lease payments would continue. As of March 31, 2000, our aggregate future lease
obligations totalled $28.9 million, with varying maturities over the next 17
years.
In four of our charter schools, we have provided some type of permanent
credit support for the school building, typically in the form of loan
guarantees, loans or cash advances. As of March 31, 2000, the amount of loans we
had guaranteed totaled $6.9 million. Although the term of these arrangements is
coterminous with the term of the corresponding management agreement, our
guarantee does not expire until the loan is repaid in full. The lenders under
these facilities are not committed to release us from our obligations unless
replacement credit support is provided. The default by any charter school under
a credit facility that we have guaranteed could result in a claim against us for
the full amount of the borrowings. We also have an obligation to set aside
restricted cash as collateral for the loans we guarantee. The amount of
restricted cash required currently is approximately $1.5 million and escalates
to specified amounts up to $2.7 million at various times through August 2001. As
of March 31, 2000, we had advanced or lent charter boards $16.6 million to
finance the purchase or renovation of school facilities we manage. We generally
have not charged interest on these loans and advances. Approximately $5.3
million of these loans, representing eight schools, are unsecured or
subordinated to a senior lender. Loans of $11.3 million, representing three
schools, may be accelerated upon termination of the corresponding management
agreement with the charter school.
INVESTMENT IN APEX ONLINE LEARNING INC.
In July 1999, we acquired a 16.5% ownership interest in APEX Online
Learning Inc., a company that provides interactive advanced placement courses
for high school students over the Internet. Concurrently, Vulcan Ventures
Incorporated, then the majority stockholder of APEX, invested $30.0 million in
Edison. We initially invested $5.0 million in APEX and were obligated to invest
up to an additional $5.0 million in the future, if any third party were to
invest in APEX. In December 1999, we invested all of the additional $5.0 million
in APEX, increasing our ownership interest at that time to 19.7%. Because of the
nature of our relationship with APEX through June 2000, we were required to
recognize a pro rata portion of APEX's losses based upon our ownership interest.
In the nine months ended March 31, 2000, we recognized $1.3 million of loss as
our share of APEX's net loss for that period. We modified our relationship with
APEX on June 30, 2000 and, as a result, we no longer are required to reflect any
of APEX's losses under the equity method of accounting.
ANTICIPATED CAPITAL EXPENDITURES
Capital expenditures for fiscal 2001 are expected to be approximately $60.0
million, which includes approximately $39.0 million for computers and other
technology and approximately $10.0 million for curriculum materials.
Additionally, we expect to advance or lend approximately $63.0 million to new
charter board clients to help secure and renovate school properties for the
schools opening in the 2000-2001 school year, a significant portion of which we
expect will be refinanced through third parties. We are also implementing
enterprise-wide computer and software packages. Such systems include financial
reporting, payroll, purchasing, accounts payable, human resources and other
administrative modules as well as a student data and school management package.
We expect expenditures for the software packages,
42
<PAGE> 42
together with related hardware, implementation costs and other maintenance
expenditures, will total approximately $15.0 million through fiscal 2002, of
which we had expended approximately $4.7 million through March 31, 2000.
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
We currently have market risk sensitive instruments related to interest
rates. As disclosed in note 6 of the notes to our financial statements, we had
outstanding long-term notes payable of $13.9 million at June 30, 1999. Interest
rates on the notes are fixed and range from 15.0% to 20.4% per annum and have
terms of 36 to 48 months.
We do not believe that we have significant exposure to changing interest
rates on long-term debt because interest rates for our debt is fixed. We have
not undertaken any additional actions to cover interest rate market risk and are
not a party to any other interest rate market risk management activities.
Additionally, we do not have significant exposure to changing interest
rates on invested cash, which was approximately $27.9 million and $78.3 million
at June 30, 1999 and March 31, 2000, respectively. We invest cash mainly in
money market accounts and other investment-grade securities. We do not purchase
or hold derivative financial instruments for trading purposes.
43
<PAGE> 43
BUSINESS
Edison is the nation's largest private operator of public schools serving
students from kindergarten through 12th grade. As reflected in the agendas of
both the Republican and Democratic parties, education is among the most
important domestic issues in the United States today. Directly addressing this
issue, we contract with local school districts and public charter school boards
to assume educational and operational responsibility for individual schools in
return for per-pupil funding that is generally comparable to that spent on other
public schools in the area. Over the course of three years of intensive
research, Edison's team of leading educators and scholars developed an
innovative, research-backed curriculum and school design. We opened our first
four schools in August 1995, and have grown rapidly in every subsequent year. We
served approximately 37,500 students in 79 schools located in 16 states across
the country and the District of Columbia in the 1999-2000 school year. This
represents an increase of 14,000 students and four new states from the 1998-1999
school year. In the 1999-2000 school year, approximately 26,700 students were
enrolled in our schools in grades K-5, approximately 9,700 in grades 6-8 and
approximately 1,600 in grades 9-12. In the 2000-2001 school year, we expect to
enroll between 57,000 and 59,000 students in 108 schools located in 21 states
and the District of Columbia. Our total revenue has grown from $11.8 million in
fiscal 1996 to $132.8 million in fiscal 1999 and $164.3 million in the nine
months ended March 31, 2000. We attribute our growth in part to the demonstrated
success of our schools, as measured by significant improvements in student
academic performance and high levels of parental satisfaction. Eleven of our
first 13 clients have chosen to expand their relationship with us by adding one
or more additional schools.
Our model offers public school authorities, who face widespread concern
about disappointing student achievement, the benefits of a large private sector
company with national support systems. We believe those benefits include:
- the ability to create, implement and support a superior educational model
through focused research and development; and
- increased emphasis on accountability for achieving improved academic
performance.
These benefits contribute to an enhanced educational experience that has
proven attractive to public school authorities, parents and teachers alike.
Elements of that experience include:
- a rich and challenging curriculum based on clear standards and high
expectations for all students;
- a significantly longer school day and year;
- an enriched technology program characterized by computers, supplied by us
without cost to the family, in the home of every student above the second
grade following the first year of the school's operation, full time
technology personnel supporting each site and laptop computers for every
teacher;
- an emphasis on the professional growth of teachers through a commitment
to training, an explicit career ladder and a school management structure
that allows teachers to participate in the leadership of the school;
- a support system focused on improving student achievement;
- exposure to foreign language beginning in kindergarten; and
- an emphasis on parental involvement and character development.
We have an experienced and talented management team led by H. Christopher
Whittle, founder of several media enterprises, including the first national
electronic news system for middle and high schools in the United States, Benno
C. Schmidt, Jr., former President of Yale University, Christopher D. Cerf,
former Associate Counsel to President Clinton from 1994 to 1996, John E. Chubb,
senior fellow at the Brookings Institution and noted author and speaker on
education reform, and Reverend Floyd H. Flake,
44
<PAGE> 44
former member of the United States House of Representatives. In addition, the
management team includes seven former public school system superintendents.
INDUSTRY BACKGROUND
OVERVIEW
During the 1997-1998 school year, over 14,000 school districts comprising
89,000 K-12 schools enrolled an estimated 46.1 million students. We currently
concentrate our business development efforts on the approximately 1,800 medium
and large school districts that each have more than 5,000 students. We estimate
that these districts had annual operating budgets aggregating $190 billion for
the 1998-1999 school year. Despite the growth in spending on public education
over the last decade, student achievement has progressed very little and remains
low. For example, on the National Assessment of Educational Progress, only
approximately 23% of students in grades 4 and 8 met grade level standards in
mathematics in 1996, the last date for which results are available. In reading,
only approximately 32% of students in grades 4 and 8 met grade level standards
in 1998, and only approximately 25% of students in grades 4 and 8 met grade
level standards in writing in 1998. The National Assessment of Educational
Progress, a testing program conducted by the U.S. Department of Education since
1970, uses tests specially designed to measure how well students meet grade
level standards established by a national panel of education experts. The tests
are administered to random national samples of students at three grade levels
every other year, or every fourth year, in major subjects.
We recognize that there are many excellent public schools in the United
States. We also believe, however, that the overall performance of public schools
has been compromised by several inherent constraints under which they operate.
We believe that, taken together, these constraints inhibit many districts from
implementing a systemic program of improvement.
- LACK OF CONSISTENCY IN LEADERSHIP. We believe that an effective program
for change requires both planning and a sustained commitment to effective
implementation over a lengthy period of time. School districts are
typically governed by school boards subject to regular elections and
related turnover. The average term of urban school superintendents is
less than three years. As a result of the relatively brief tenure of
leadership, many public school systems have found it difficult to
implement long-term approaches to improving student performance and
school quality generally.
- INABILITY TO EXPLOIT THE ADVANTAGE OF SCALE. The over 14,000 school
districts in the United States tend to be small, independent and
localized operations. Only 2% of all school districts had annual
operating budgets greater than $100 million for the 1995-1996 school
year. This modest size can result in severe limitations on the ability
both to develop and to implement substantial improvements in curriculum
and school design. For example, in contrast to most large-scale private
enterprises, the research and development budget in many districts is
negligible. With the need to devote a significant portion of their
resources to stand-alone administrative structures and the support staff
to oversee curriculum for all subjects over 13 grade levels, many
districts simply have nothing left for a long-term program of
improvement.
- INABILITY TO INVEST FOR THE FUTURE. The time horizons of school
districts necessarily are linked to the one-year appropriations cycle
under which they usually operate. The ability to invest for the future by
tolerating substantial short-term budget deficits is generally not
feasible for school districts. For this reason as well, we believe,
change tends to be only incremental.
In all three respects -- consistency of leadership, the benefits of scale
and the ability to make substantial investment for the future -- a large,
private sector company such as Edison is in a strong position to add substantial
value to public education.
CURRENT REFORM INITIATIVES
Public education is currently at the top of national, state and local
political agendas. Both major national political parties have placed education
at the center of their national platforms and many state
45
<PAGE> 45
and local authorities have enacted or encouraged measures to implement
significant educational reforms. Some of these reforms are programmatic
innovations occurring within public schools. Examples include expanded levels of
teacher training, higher standards, more rigorous testing and more effective
technology. Other initiatives have sought to reform the public education system
itself by embracing the market-oriented concepts of competition, accountability
and a broader range of parental choice. These measures include legislation
authorizing charter schools, private management of public schools, voucher
programs and increased choice within existing systems.
- CHARTER SCHOOLS. Since Minnesota first enacted legislation in 1991, 36
states and the District of Columbia have passed charter school
legislation. Under the typical charter school statute, identified
entities, such as the state board of education or a state university, are
authorized to grant a specified number of charters to community groups or
non-profit entities to create a public school. A growing number of
charter boards in turn contract with private sector organizations to
operate the schools. In return for a large measure of autonomy from
regulation, the charter school is accountable for student academic
performance. Many charter school statutes limit the number of charter
schools or the number of students that may enroll in charter schools.
Currently, there are over 1,600 charter schools in operation, with an
estimated enrollment of over 350,000 students in 31 states and the
District of Columbia. This enrollment represents approximately 1.0% of
the total student population in those 31 states and the District of
Columbia.
- CONTRACT SCHOOLS. Contract schools are public schools operated by
private organizations based upon management agreements with local school
boards. Unlike charter schools, contract schools do not require specific
statutory authority, but are created through a contract between a school
management company and a school board in accordance with existing
authority.
- VOUCHER PROGRAMS. Voucher programs provide for the issuance to parents
of tuition vouchers worth a certain amount of money that they can redeem
at any approved school of their choice. These programs allow students to
choose among public schools, which would have to compete for students, or
possibly even attend private schools. Milwaukee and Cleveland have
implemented voucher programs and Florida has adopted legislation
authorizing such a program. Voucher legislation has also been introduced
in several states. Private philanthropists have also made funds available
for voucher programs.
- CHOICES OFFERED BY SCHOOL DISTRICTS. School districts are offering
increased choice to their students by, for example, establishing magnet
schools serving students within the district and allowing students to
attend schools across district lines. Magnet schools are specialized
public schools offering unique programs, such as curricula emphasizing
math, science or the arts.
- STATE TAKEOVER STATUTES. Some states have exercised their ability under
local law to divest local school boards of their authority to manage an
identified school or schools within the district. These states include
Maryland and New Jersey. One of those states, Maryland, has opted to
contract with us to provide educational services at the identified
schools.
Incorporating elements of both a market-oriented approach and programmatic
innovation, we are a leader in offering reform alternatives to local school
boards searching for new approaches to education. For the 1999-2000 school year,
we operated 55 contract schools with a total enrollment of 27,000 students and
24 charter schools with a total enrollment of 11,000 students. Of these contract
schools, 15 were operated under charters granted by school districts, which
provide the facilities, and we categorize these schools as contract schools
because we do not provide the facilities and therefore the economics of these
arrangements closely resemble those of a contract school. The remaining 40
contract schools were operated under management agreements with local school
boards. For the 2000-2001 school year, we expect to operate 71 contract schools
and 37 charter schools. We do not participate in voucher programs.
46
<PAGE> 46
THE EDISON SOLUTION
As a private enterprise with national scale, Edison offers school districts
and charter boards a vehicle for overcoming many of the inherent constraints
that have impeded systemic reform of public schools. The Edison solution
consists of two equally critical and mutually reinforcing components:
- a research-backed curriculum and school design that we believe yields
significant improvement in student academic achievement as reflected in
average annual gains of six percentage points against state
criterion-referenced tests and four percentage points per year against
national norm-referenced tests; and
- support systems designed to ensure consistent, replicable and effective
implementation of our educational model as we expand into a wide range of
communities across the nation.
Examples of the latter include a national teacher and principal recruiting
system; an infrastructure to support teacher training both before and after a
school opens; a national distribution network for curriculum materials,
technology equipment and supplies; and information systems to track and enhance
student progress against identified goals.
We believe that many public school authorities are attracted to the Edison
solution because, unlike some other school reform initiatives, it enables them
to stimulate positive, market-oriented, comprehensive school reform within the
framework of the existing, locally controlled public school system. By entering
into a partnership with us, such authorities enjoy the resources, systems,
continuity of focus and commitment to ongoing research and development
associated with a national private sector company while at the same time
retaining local control of public education. For example, our management
agreements typically provide for the district or charter board to maintain
ultimate oversight and supervision over the school. In addition to regular
reporting requirements and the ability to terminate the management agreement on
performance grounds, such oversight may take several forms, including the right
to reject Edison's candidate for school principal and the right to make
adjustments to the curriculum.
RESEARCH BEHIND THE EDISON SOLUTION
The Edison school design and curriculum grew out of a comprehensive
three-year research project conducted by a team of approximately 30 full-time
professional employees and numerous outside experts under the leadership of
Benno C. Schmidt, Jr., the former President of Yale University. Our design team
included respected education researchers, curriculum developers, teachers,
principals, school administrators, writers, technology specialists and experts
in school finance and management. Together, they brought a wide range of
perspectives on improving education through the reform of curriculum,
instruction, assessment, professional development, school organization and most
other elements of education.
The research leading to the development of our solution was extensive and
systematic; our staff members interviewed educators, reviewed a wide range of
school programs and attempted to assemble the best scientific evidence of the
effects of potential reforms in K-12 education. For example, our review of a
successful project in Indiana which placed computers in the homes of high-risk
students was instrumental in our decision to put computers in our students'
homes. Similarly, our investment in tutors resulted from our examination of
programs run by a Johns Hopkins University sociologist with a well-documented
record of developing basic skills with students who are at high risk for
academic failure.
THE EDISON CURRICULUM AND SCHOOL DESIGN
Our schools combine innovative curriculum and instruction methods with
structures to assess and guide students, hold school administrators accountable
for student performance and encourage and facilitate parental involvement in
their children's education.
47
<PAGE> 47
CURRICULUM
DEMANDING PROGRAM OF STUDY. Our curriculum is guided by detailed and
demanding student academic standards that specify what students should know and
be able to do at the end of each school year in twenty fields of study, from
reading, writing and mathematics to economics, geography, visual arts and
foreign languages. Our curriculum is also rich in content. For example, students
at the junior and high school levels study three years of world history and
literature and two years of U.S. history and literature. In addition, all high
school students have the opportunity to complete biology, chemistry and physics,
usually by the end of 10th grade, and we offer a wide range of advanced
placement courses to students in the 11th and 12th grades.
PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT FOR TEACHERS. Our professional development
program provides opportunities for teachers to learn how to implement our
program and develop their skills as educators. We typically provide teachers
with four to six weeks of training before a school first opens and additional
support and training during the school's initial year. In addition, teachers
generally have two periods every day free for their own professional
development, and our school calendars provide at least five days for ongoing
training each year. We also offer more than a dozen national curriculum
conferences annually for different specialists within our schools.
PROVEN INSTRUCTION METHODS. We use instruction methods derived from
systematic research. For example, our elementary schools implement Success for
All, a K-5 reading program developed at Johns Hopkins University and refined
through experimental studies directed by Johns Hopkins University over the last
ten years. Our schools generally use mathematics programs developed through
years of research by the University of Chicago School Mathematics Project.
EMPHASIS ON CORE VALUES. We believe schools cannot be successful unless
the students display certain values, such as the willingness to take
responsibility for themselves and their education, respect for teachers and
other students, and the desire to become educated. Our educational program is
built around a defined set of core values: wisdom, justice, courage, compassion,
hope, respect, responsibility and integrity. We believe these core values help
us promote strong character in our students and a positive learning environment.
Our students receive instruction in these core values at every grade level. For
example, students in our elementary schools read out loud and have group
discussions of morality stories written for children. Also, our teacher training
in student discipline, classroom management and instruction is based on a
character education program that incorporates these values.
REGULAR ASSESSMENTS OF STUDENT PERFORMANCE. We routinely monitor our
students' progress against academic standards. We connect our standards and
instructional programs with state standards and assessments, and we believe our
students are well prepared for state and local tests, for which we are held
accountable. Each quarter teachers complete a unique report card, known as a
Quarterly Learning Contract, which is a special narrative report card that
tracks student progress against academic standards and sets specific goals for
students. We believe this is a contrast to the typical American report card that
grades progress relative to each teacher's subjective classroom standards.
Students also receive traditional letter grades in the Quarterly Learning
Contract. Our students take all standardized tests required by state and local
authorities, and we also administer our own annual tests, known as Common
Performance Assessments, calibrated to our academic standards, to ensure
teachers are judging work appropriately. In the 1999-2000 school year, we
introduced a monthly benchmark assessment system that provides us with detailed
measurements of student progress toward achieving grade level academic
standards. We use these assessments to determine whether we should adjust our
instructional programs to help our students achieve the academic requirements of
their grade level.
EXTENSIVE REMEDIAL INSTRUCTION. The Edison curriculum is designed to meet
the needs of all students, regardless of ability. We employ one-on-one tutoring
to help students master the academic requirements of their grade level.
Intensive remedial instruction in reading is available at all grade levels. In
addition, our longer school day and year provide more time for instruction.
48
<PAGE> 48
SUPPORT FOR STUDENTS WITH SPECIAL NEEDS. We instruct special education
students in mainstream classrooms, to the extent we believe it is responsible to
do so. However, special education staff are available at each site to provide a
full continuum of services, including additional support in regular classrooms,
resource rooms and self-contained environments for students with greater needs.
We offer students who have limited English proficiency
English-as-a-second-language programs or bilingual programs, depending on
community preference and needs.
SCHOOL DESIGN
STUDENTS AND TEACHERS ARE ORGANIZED INTO SMALL
SCHOOLS-WITHIN-A-SCHOOL. Each of our schools consists of small, flexible
schools-within-a-school, called academies, where teachers typically follow the
same students from grade to grade for several years. We believe this
organization ensures that students are better known by their teachers, helps
foster student-teacher relationships and encourages teachers to feel more
ongoing responsibility for individual students. Within each academy, students
are generally organized into multigrade groups, called houses, of 100 to 180
students each. Students typically remain within the same house until they
graduate from the particular academy. Each house is led by four to six teachers,
who usually work with students of every level of the house for the duration of
their academy experience and are responsible for the core academic program of
instruction in math, science, history, geography, civics, economics, reading and
language arts.
LONGER SCHOOL DAY AND YEAR. Our students are in school an average of 1,500
hours each year after the first year of their school's operation, compared to
the national average of approximately 1,170 hours per year. Our school year is
approximately 200 days, compared to an average of 180 days for public schools.
Based on these averages, we believe our students spend approximately 28% more
time in school each year than students in most other public schools. This
provides our students with substantially more time for learning than many public
school students and enables us to implement a richer curriculum. Our school
schedule also provides our students with less time during the shorter summer
vacation to forget what they learned during the school year.
INCREASED INTEGRATION OF TECHNOLOGY IN THE LEARNING ENVIRONMENT. Our
schools are technologically rich environments aimed at preparing students for
the workplaces of the future. We provide each of our teachers with a laptop
computer and our classrooms generally have three computers as well as printers
for student use. We provide every family with a student above the second grade a
computer and a modem for use at home, following the first year of their school's
operation. To encourage and increase communication and enable the sharing of
best practices, teachers, students and parents are electronically connected via
The Common, our Internet-based, internal message, conferencing and information
system that connects all our schools. We have a distinctive program called
Technology as a Second Language to teach school staff, students and families to
use technology effectively.
IMMEDIATE AND COMPREHENSIVE CHANGE. For the schools we opened in the fall
of 1999, we made an average initial investment of approximately $2,400 per
student, or approximately $1.4 million per school, which we used to purchase
computers and other technology, implement our curriculum and train new teachers.
We believe this provides an opportunity for schools to launch a comprehensive
package of change all at once. In contrast to the small steps that school reform
usually must take, our schools are able to integrate new curriculum, technology
and professional development and pursue excellence in all areas immediately and
aggressively.
SCHOOL-LEVEL ACCOUNTABILITY. We hold each school accountable for a high
level of demonstrated student progress as measured by conventional standardized
tests, official performance assessments and our own assessments. Staff
compensation and promotions within our schools are generally linked to
performance. Parents of students in our schools are encouraged to share
accountability for their children's progress by co-signing the Quarterly
Learning Contract, under which they make a moral commitment to help their
children achieve specified academic goals. The Quarterly Learning Contract
serves as the report card for our students and indicates to parents how well
their children are performing relative to our annual
49
<PAGE> 49
academic standards. In addition to educational accountability, our schools are
also held accountable for financial management and student, parent and community
satisfaction.
PRINCIPALS ACCOUNTABLE FOR SCHOOL PERFORMANCE. Principals at our schools
are appraised and compensated based on meeting student academic performance,
financial management and community satisfaction goals. They are also responsible
for public reporting of their school's accounts and budgets. Principals receive
school report cards that track progress on all accountability criteria, and
principals are in turn appraised and compensated based on progress against the
accountability criteria. Principals for our contract and charter schools are
chosen in consultation with the school district or charter board and normally
hired four to six months before the school opens. This allows our regional vice
presidents to work closely with the new principals for several months to
thoroughly introduce them to our education system. In addition, new principals
receive two weeks of formal training on our education system.
DEDICATED TEACHERS. We believe our schools attract motivated and dedicated
teachers due to the following factors:
- our innovative curriculum and approach to education;
- our commitment to professional development of teachers;
- increased access to resources and technology; and
- generally competitive salary levels.
Our schools are staffed by four levels of teachers: lead teacher, senior
teacher, teacher and resident teacher. We believe this four-tier seniority
system provides an attractive career path and allows new teachers to be mentored
by more experienced teachers. Teachers are hired based on classroom and
educational experience, expertise in a particular subject area, evidence of
leadership abilities in the context of teams, and interaction with staff,
students and families. Lead teachers have responsibility for the organizational
management of the teaching team, and classroom instruction is the primary focus
of senior teachers, teachers and resident teachers. In addition, lead teachers
serve on the management team of the school, which is led by the principal and
also includes the business services manager. In this respect, teachers are
offered the opportunity to participate in the management of the school.
PARTNERSHIPS WITH FAMILIES. We are committed to keeping families engaged
in their children's education, both at school and in the home. We actively
encourage parental involvement in the education of their children through
interaction with teachers, involvement in school affairs and numerous volunteer
opportunities. We believe our program of providing, following the first year of
the school's operation, computers to the families of our students above the
second grade has increased parents' level of involvement in the school. In
addition, by co-signing the Quarterly Learning Contract, parents commit to
monitor the progress of their children in meeting stated educational goals.
THE EDISON OPERATING SYSTEM
The systems we have built to ensure consistent and effective
implementation, replicability and scalability are as essential to our model as
the Edison curriculum and school design itself. Although there are many
outstanding public schools in the United States, we believe that the basis for
such success has been highly individualized, often, for example, dependent on an
especially dynamic principal. Edison has designed its support systems with the
objective of not only creating excellence, but being able to replicate it in a
consistent manner in a widely diverse array of schools across the country.
REGIONAL VICE PRESIDENT STRUCTURE. Edison's eight regional vice
presidents, most of whom are former school superintendents or principals,
provide the most critical link between our central operations and each school
site. They are accountable for building and ensuring the operation of successful
schools, defined as schools that measurably enhance student achievement over
time and meet financial objectives. In meeting this responsibility, regional
vice presidents make frequent site visits, analyze school academic and financial
data, coordinate central support operations that meet the needs of each school
and hold regional training sessions for principals and teachers.
50
<PAGE> 50
EDUCATION AND CURRICULUM DIVISION. Our Education and Curriculum Division,
our largest central division, oversees the implementation, modification, support
and effectiveness of our educational design. The Education and Curriculum
Division's approximately 50 employees, together with approximately 200 of our
teachers who we annually certify as trainers, provide a continuous stream of
support to our schools through the coordination of schoolwide and national
training programs, development of curricular standards and assessment of design
effectiveness at each school. The Education and Curriculum Division also
collects, analyzes and publishes educational data for use by our schools, our
school district and charter board clients and the public.
ASSESSMENT. The Assessment Department within our Education and Curriculum
Division monitors student achievement, school design and customer satisfaction
criteria of our schools, and analyzes these data to understand and measure our
schools' performance. This department also prepares monthly and annual reports
on school performance for our principals and regional vice presidents.
RECRUITING. Strong educational leadership and teaching ability are vital
to the successful implementation of the Edison design. Our Recruitment
Department works year-round to attract outstanding principal candidates through
a variety of recruitment strategies, including direct headhunting, national
advertising and cultivation of outstanding internal candidates. The department
also recruits outstanding teacher candidates through a network of school-based
recruitment coordinators and through targeted recruitment efforts at prominent
schools of education, historically black colleges and highly regarded teacher
organizations.
REAL ESTATE. Prior to finalizing a management agreement, our Real Estate
Department typically reviews the physical condition, technology infrastructure,
suitability and student capacity of each school site, and estimates the costs of
preparing the facilities for an Edison school. Once the management agreement is
finalized, the Real Estate Department either contracts with local architects and
construction managers to make the necessary modifications or works closely with
client school districts, depending on the terms of the management agreement. In
some independent charter school management agreements, we may be responsible for
new construction, major renovation or conversion of a commercial or industrial
property. We have developed expertise in working with national, regional and
local project managers, architects, engineers and construction firms to develop
these properties for school use. For more information on our real estate
arrangements, see "-- Facilities."
START-UP. As a management agreement is finalized, the assigned regional
vice president sets up a local start-up office, hires a start-up staff, and
begins to complete each step outlined in our Start-up Manual, a multi-volume
guide that directs each phase of the start-up process. The start-up office
serves as the center for all school operations, including student enrollment,
staff recruitment and coordination with the central office.
PURCHASING. Our Purchasing Department is responsible for coordinating both
the purchase and the delivery of each school's curriculum and technology. We
believe our size and growth have allowed us to achieve economies of scale by
realizing more competitive prices from vendors than could most school districts.
Once all curriculum and technology orders are made, attention shifts to
coordinating delivery to each Edison school. To help achieve this goal, we
require most of our vendors to ship most orders to a central warehouse for
distribution to the schools.
ENROLLMENT. We provide technical expertise and on-site support to assist
each school in reaching its targeted enrollment. The Student Enrollment
Department supports a variety of student recruitment strategies, including
door-to-door distribution of recruitment literature, neighborhood information
sessions, posting of fliers in public areas, use of available print and
electronic media and interaction with community-based organizations. In the
event that the number of students seeking admission to an Edison school exceeds
the school's capacity, an open admissions lottery is held to determine which
students are admitted and which are placed on the school's waiting list.
BUSINESS SERVICES. We hire a business services manager to manage the
day-to-day administrative operations at each Edison school under the supervision
of the school's principal. Business services
51
<PAGE> 51
managers are responsible for managing the school's budget, processing all site
expenditures and coordinating student transportation, food and personnel
services at each Edison school. We also employ four financial analysts in our
central office to assess prospective management contracts and monitor the
budgets of our existing schools. Our central office also monitors real estate
financing and performs traditional financial administrative functions.
TECHNOLOGY. Our Technology Department oversees the creation, modification,
and implementation of the technology components of the Edison curriculum and
school design. The department creates specifications for each school and
start-up office, oversees technology-related building modifications and
equipment installation, recruits and selects, together with the school
principal, the school's technology director, trains the school's technology
director and provides additional field support as needed.
FAMILY AND COMMUNITY PARTNERSHIPS. Formal parent orientation begins once
the student body has been selected, but all parent meetings and community
information sessions that lead up to final student selection are part of
families' introduction to Edison and the contract or charter school. The parent
orientation process is organized at each site by the school's student support
manager, an individual hired for the school's first year to facilitate community
interaction and coordinate social services within the school. The student
support manager works closely with the school's principal throughout the
start-up process to recruit parent volunteers, hold welcome meetings, orient
parents to the Edison curriculum and school design and coordinate the school's
grand opening celebration.
PRE-OPENING TRAINING. We provide a comprehensive, pre-opening professional
development program for principals and teachers at each of our new sites. Our
national leadership training gives new principals an intense overview of the
Edison design, including the start-up process, curriculum, student academic
standards, school organization, school culture, technology, financial management
and measures of accountability. Training for all instructional school staff
takes place during the summer before the opening of the school and includes
training on instructional methodology, classroom management and the core
curriculum in each teacher's area of expertise.
ONGOING TRAINING. We maintain the successful operation of each of our
schools through frequent site visits by our support personnel and through
ongoing professional development for school staff. All schools receive an
average of 19 days of on site visits from our Curriculum and Education Division
personnel. These visits are frequently supplemented with additional training
sessions based upon the observations made during site visits and the expressed
needs of each school's principal and teachers. In addition to training at the
site level, principals and teachers regularly convene for national conferences,
where training typically focuses on student achievement, leadership strategies,
design modifications, community relations, new support services or
subject-specific training sessions. Principals and teachers can also utilize The
Common, our on-line network, to access additional resources and interact with
individuals from other Edison schools.
SITE MONITORING AND ACCOUNTABILITY. To ensure that each Edison school
makes continuous progress in each of these areas, we generate a monthly School
Operations Report for each school site. This report includes a compilation of
educational data generated at each school site, anecdotal observations from our
personnel who visited the school and information related to attendance,
enrollment, student and teacher mobility and technology usage. In addition to
the School Operations Report, we compile a year-end School Report Card for each
school site. The report includes information about student performance on
standardized tests; student performance on Edison's common performance
assessments; levels of parent, staff, and student satisfaction; and the degree
to which the school met its budgetary requirements. The School Report Card
serves as the basis upon which the school principal is evaluated and, where
state law permits, compensated.
THE EDISON SOLUTION IMPLEMENTED
In the 1999-2000 school year, we operated 79 schools in 35 cities located
in 16 states and the District of Columbia with a combined student enrollment of
approximately 37,500. This represented an increase of approximately 14,000
students and four new states from the 1998-1999 school year. We have chosen not
to
52
<PAGE> 52
renew a management agreement covering two schools that expired after the
1999-2000 school year. In total, we expect to enroll between 57,000 and 59,000
students in 108 schools in 46 cities located in 21 states and the District of
Columbia. We are also offering summer school programs at three of our schools in
the summer of 2000.
We operate two types of schools: contract and charter. In the case of most
charter schools, we are required to arrange for a facility. In some cases,
however, we operate charter schools under a charter granted by the local school
board, which provides the facility. In these cases, we categorize and count
these schools as contract schools because we do not provide the facilities and
therefore the economics of the arrangement more nearly resemble those of a
contract school. We believe that Edison, which operated 55 contract schools in
the 1999-2000 school year, is the only major provider of contract schools for
traditional K-12 instruction in the United States.
We consider grades K-5, 6-8 and 9-12 to each be a school, and we count
grades K-5, 6-8 and 9-12 as separate schools, even if they are located in the
same building. As we expand, we often introduce new grade levels gradually
rather than simultaneously opening all grade levels within a school. We consider
ourselves to have opened a new school if we introduce at least one grade level
at a different school level, for example, if we add grade 6 at a location
housing an existing K-5 school. In some cases, we count grades K-6 as one school
if it is the local practice to configure elementary schools in this manner. For
the 1999-2000 school year, we had 38 principals, and each principal is generally
responsible for all the Edison schools on his or her campus. Our students have
generally been from economically disadvantaged backgrounds, and approximately
60% of our students participated in the federal free and reduced lunch program
during the 1999-2000 school year. These students came from families with incomes
at or below 185% of the poverty level established by federal authorities.
53
<PAGE> 53
The following table provides information about the schools we operated for
the 1999-2000 school year.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER
OF YEAR TYPE OF SHORTEST EARLIEST
CLIENT LOCATION SCHOOLS COMMENCED GRADES SCHOOL TERM EXPIRATION DATE
------ -------- ------- --------- ------ ------- -------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Chula Vista Elementary
School District Chula Vista, California 1 1997 K-5 Contract* 5 yrs June 2002
Ravenswood City School
District East Palo Alto, California 2 1998 K-8 Contract* 5 yrs January 2003
Fresno Unified School
District Fresno, California 1 1999 K-6 Contract* 5 yrs June 2004
Napa Unified School
District Napa, California 1 1998 K-6 Contract* 5 yrs June 2003
San Francisco School
District San Francisco, California 1 1998 K-5 Contract* 5 yrs June 2003
West Covina School
District West Covina, California 2 1998 K-6 Contract* 5 yrs June 2003
Academy School District Colorado Springs, Colorado 2 1998 K-8 Contract 5 yrs June 2003
Colorado Springs School
District Colorado Springs, Colorado 2 1996 K-8 Contract* 5 yrs June 2001
Denver-Edison Charter
School Denver, Colorado 2 1998 K-7 Charter 5 yrs June 2003
Board of Area
Cooperative Ed
Services Hamden, Connecticut 2 1998 K-8 Contract 5 yrs June 2003
Friendship Public
Charter School Washington, D.C. 3 1998 K-8 Charter 5 yrs June 2003
Dade County Public
Schools Miami, Florida 1 1996 K-5 Contract 5 yrs June 2001
Bibb County School
District Macon, Georgia 2 1999 K-6 Contract 5 yrs June 2004
Chicago Charter School
Foundation Chicago, Illinois 3 1999 K-11 Charter 8 yrs June 2007
Peoria Public Schools Peoria, Illinois 2 1999 K-4 Contract 5 yrs June 2004
Davenport Community
School District Davenport, Iowa 1 1999 K-5 Contract 5 yrs June 2004
Wichita School District
No. 259 Wichita, Kansas 4 1995 K-8 Contract 5 yrs June 2000
Boston Renaissance
Charter School Boston, Massachusetts 2 1995 K-8 Charter 5 yrs June 2000
Seven Hills Charter
School Worcester, Massachusetts 2 1996 K-8 Charter 5 yrs June 2001
Battle Creek School
District Battle Creek, Michigan 3 1998 K-7 Contract 5 yrs June 2003
Detroit Academy of Arts
and Sciences Detroit, Michigan 2 1997 K-6 Charter 5 yrs June 2002
Detroit Public School
Academy Detroit, Michigan 2 1998 K-8 Charter 3 yrs June 2001
YMCA Service Learning
Academy Detroit, Michigan 1 1999 K-5 Charter 5 yrs June 2004
Edison Oakland Public
School Academy Ferndale, Michigan 2 1999 K-8 Charter 5 yrs June 2004
Flint School District Flint, Michigan 4 1997 K-10 Contract 5 yrs June 2002
Mid-Michigan Public
School Academy Lansing, Michigan 2 1996 K-8 Charter 5 yrs June 2001
Mt. Clemens School
District Mt. Clemens, Michigan 4 1995 K-12 Contract 5 yrs June 2000
Board of Education of
Pontiac Pontiac, Michigan 2 1998 K-7 Contract 5 yrs June 2003
Duluth Public Schools Duluth, Minnesota 3 1997 K-8 Contract* 3 yrs June 2000
Minneapolis School
District No. 1 Minneapolis, Minnesota 2 1998 K-7 Contract 5 yrs June 2003
Westport Community
Secondary Schools Kansas City, Missouri 2 1999 6-12 Contract* 5 yrs June 2004
Kansas City Municipal
School District Kansas City, Missouri 1 1999 K-5 Contract 5 yrs June 2004
Westport Allen-Edison
Village Educational
School Kansas City, Missouri 2 1999 K-8 Charter 5 yrs June 2004
</TABLE>
(continued on the following page)
54
<PAGE> 54
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER
OF YEAR TYPE OF SHORTEST EARLIEST
CLIENT LOCATION SCHOOLS COMMENCED GRADES SCHOOL TERM EXPIRATION DATE
------ -------- ------- --------- ------ ------- -------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Granville Public Charter
School Trenton, New Jersey 2 1998 K-8 Charter 2 yrs June 2000
Wayne County Public
Schools Goldsboro, North Carolina 1 1998 K-5 Contract 5 yrs June 2003
Nash-Rocky Mount Public
Schools Whitakers, North Carolina 1 1999 K-5 Contract 5 yrs June 2004
Alliance Community
Schools, Inc. Dayton, Ohio 1 1999 K-5 Charter 5 yrs June 2004
Southwest School
District San Antonio, Texas 3 1997 K-7 Contract 5 yrs June 2002
Sherman School District+ Sherman, Texas 2 1995 K-6 Contract 5 yrs June 2000
Tyler Independent School
District Tyler, Texas 1 1999 6-8 Contract 5 yrs June 2004
--
Total 79
==
</TABLE>
---------------
* Indicates charter schools operated under a charter granted by the local school
board.
+ The management agreement covering these schools has expired and will not be
renewed for the 2000-2001 school year.
The following table provides information about the additional schools we
expect to operate for the 2000-2001 school year.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER EARLIEST
OF TYPE OF EXPIRATION
CLIENT LOCATION SCHOOLS GRADES SCHOOL DATE
------ -------- ------- ------ ------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Long Beach Unified School District Long Beach, California 1 K-5 Contract 2005
Wilmington Thomas Edison School Wilmington, Delaware 2 K-7 Charter 2005
D.C. Woodson Washington, D.C. 1 9-10 Charter 2003
East Lake Academy Charter School, Inc. Atlanta, Georgia 1 K-5 Charter 2005
Peoria Public Schools Peoria, Illinois 1 5-8 Contract 2004
Springfield Public Schools Springfield, Illinois 1 K-5 Contract 2005
New Baltimore City Board of School Commissioners
and the Maryland State Board of Education Baltimore, Maryland 3 PK-5 Contract 2005
Detroit YMCA Detroit, Michigan 1 6-8 Charter 2004
Inkster Public Schools Inkster, Michigan 4 K-12 Contract 2005
Schomberg Charter School Jersey City, New Jersey 1 K-5 Charter 2005
Granville High School Trenton, New Jersey 1 9-11 Charter 2005
Rochester School of Science and Technology Rochester, New York 2 K-8 Charter 2005
Wayne County Public Schools Goldsboro, North 1 6-8 Contract 2005
Carolina
Dayton View Dayton, Ohio 1 K-5 Charter 2005
Renaissance Charter School, Inc. Phoenixville, 2 K-8 Charter 2005
Pennsylvania
Dallas Independent School District Dallas, Texas 7 PK-6 Contract 2005
Milwaukee Science Education Consortium, Inc. Milwaukee, Wisconsin 1 PK-7 Charter 2005
</TABLE>
GROWTH STRATEGY
We believe the approximately 1,800 medium and large independent school
districts nationwide, which we estimate collectively had operating budgets of
$190 billion in the 1998-1999 school year, represent a significant growth
opportunity. Our strategy is to grow within this market through the
establishment of expanded relationships with existing clients as well as new
relationships.
Our marketing efforts will continue to focus on our ability to replicate
the success achieved at other Edison schools throughout the country. We believe
that effective marketing and communication efforts targeted at administrators,
teachers and parents will yield higher levels of perceived benefits among these
constituencies and ultimately generate increased penetration within our market
of K-12 schools.
55
<PAGE> 55
A core element of our growth strategy is to establish multiple schools
within a given school district to cover the entire K-12 grade range (elementary,
middle and high school). We believe that uninterrupted access to the Edison
system from kindergarten through high school will achieve the most favorable
outcome for students. Historically, our management agreements have provided for
the establishment of one elementary school during the first contract year.
Through our development efforts, we seek to expand upon the initial contract by
opening additional schools within the district in subsequent years. We believe
that our strong academic results will encourage school districts and charter
holders to retain us to operate multiple schools. In addition, we believe that
satisfied parents will push to make our schools available for their children's
entire K-12 education.
We also expect our demonstrated success at our existing schools will
encourage school districts and charter boards to enter into management
agreements providing for us to establish multiple schools either in the first
year or over time. Eleven of our first 13 clients have added one or more
additional schools. We operated 79 schools across the country for the 1999-2000
school year, which brought the total number of students served to approximately
37,500. We expect to operate 108 schools enrolling between 57,000 and 59,000
students for the 2000-2001 school year.
COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS
We believe that the following factors will contribute to our continued
success and future growth:
- QUANTIFIABLE ACADEMIC IMPROVEMENT. Student achievement in our schools
has been substantial, as measured by a range of state and local tests. On
average, in those schools that we have operated long enough to generate
trend data, typically by a school's second year with Edison, our students
have gained six percentage points per year against state
criterion-referenced tests and four percentage points per year against
national norm-referenced tests.
- PARENTAL SATISFACTION. Our schools enjoy high parental satisfaction.
According to a survey prepared for us by an independent market research
firm for the 1997-1998 school year, covering all 20 of our schools then
in operation, over 50% of the parents of our students gave our schools
grades of A or A-. This compares to 37.2% of parents who give a grade of
A or A- in U.S. public schools generally, according to the same market
research firm.
- EXTENSIVE INFRASTRUCTURE. We have a series of systems and support staff
that permit us to implement our curriculum and school design in contract
and charter schools in communities across the United States. The systems
have been used successfully during our past four years of rapid
expansion. These systems include recruiting capabilities, assessment
mechanisms, professional development systems, financial management and
acquisition systems, and systems to assess prospective management
agreements.
- ADVANTAGES OF SCALE. We expect to achieve advantages of scale as more
schools are added to our school systems, allowing us to increase our
purchasing power and reduce our overhead costs as a percentage of total
revenue. We are also focused on achieving clustering efficiencies by
opening multiple schools in a district. We have successfully opened
additional schools for 11 of our first 13 clients. By focusing on
expanding operations in existing markets, we believe we can better
capitalize on our relationships with the district, our knowledge of the
specific market and economies of scale in the provision of centralized
services.
- EXPERIENCED MANAGEMENT TEAM. We have an experienced management team led
by H. Christopher Whittle, founder of several media enterprises including
the first national electronic news system for middle and high schools in
the United States, Benno C. Schmidt, Jr., former President of Yale
University, Christopher D. Cerf, former Associate Counsel to President
Clinton from 1994 to 1996, John E. Chubb, senior fellow at the Brookings
Institution and a noted author and speaker on education, and Reverend
Floyd H. Flake, former member of the United States House of
Representatives. Our management team also has seven former school system
superintendents,
56
<PAGE> 56
including Deborah M. McGriff, former superintendent of the Detroit public
schools, and Manuel Rivera, former superintendent of the Rochester public
schools.
- SIGNIFICANT INVESTMENT IN RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT. Prior to opening our
first four schools during the 1995-1996 school year, we conducted a
three-year research project led by a core team of educators, researchers,
policy experts and other professionals to create an innovative and, we
believe, effective model for operating more efficient and effective
public schools. This research project led to the creation of Edison's
curriculum and school design, which integrate many successful educational
practices into a comprehensive school solution for grades K-12, guided by
high academic standards, supported by research-backed innovations in most
areas of schooling and emphasizing assessment and accountability. In
addition, our Education and Curriculum Division regularly assesses the
effectiveness of our educational design and oversees its modification and
improvement.
ACADEMIC PERFORMANCE
School districts and charter boards generally retain us both to improve the
academic performance of the students who will be in our schools and to create
competition, which they hope will stimulate academic progress in the other
schools in the district. Our students are required to take the same local, state
and national tests administered by other public schools in the district. States
regularly require students to take assessments based on state standards, known
as criterion-referenced tests, and school districts also typically require
students to take tests based on national standards, known as national norm-
referenced tests. Both types of tests are scored by independent authorities and
result in publicly available data about student performance. As of the end of
the 1998-1999 school year, our fourth academic year, these tests have provided
over 300 measures of our students' achievement.
Student academic achievement in our schools has been substantial, as
measured by these external assessments. Since 1995, for those schools that we
have operated long enough to generate trend data, which is generally two years,
the average annual improvement in student achievement, taking into consideration
gains, losses and instances of no change, has been six percentage points on
state criterion-referenced tests and four percentage points on national
norm-referenced tests. These results compare favorably to the only available
national measure of achievement trends, known as the National Assessment of
Educational Progress, or NAEP. The NAEP is determined from criterion-referenced
tests administered by the federal government every two years to random samples
of students nationwide. From the 1994-1995 school year to the 1996-1997 school
year, the average annual improvement in student achievement for American nine
year olds and 13 year olds, which are ages similar to our students, has been
zero percentage points in math, and from the 1994-1995 school year to the
1997-1998 school year, the average annual improvement in reading has been less
than one percentage point. While the NAEP and the state tests taken by our
students are not identical, these criterion-referenced tests attempt to measure
essentially the same academic skills against the standards of grade level
curricula.
FUTURE OPPORTUNITIES
We intend to selectively pursue opportunities created by state-sponsored
school and school district take-overs and other opportunities for whole-district
management. In addition, we believe our success in operating K-12 public schools
will allow us to expand into complementary areas of the education industry.
Concepts under consideration include:
- establishing teacher training schools, which we refer to as Edison
Teacher's Colleges;
- configuring our curriculum, school design and systems for license to
small school districts; and
- operating pre-school programs, after-school programs and summer school
programs.
We are also developing educational programs with Apex Online Learning Inc.,
components of which may be delivered online. See "-- Relationship with Apex
Online Learning Inc."
57
<PAGE> 57
RELATIONSHIP WITH APEX ONLINE LEARNING INC.
In July 1999, we acquired for $5.0 million a 16.5% ownership interest in
APEX Online Learning Inc., a company that provides interactive advanced
placement courses for high school students over the Internet. Concurrently,
Vulcan Ventures Incorporated, then the majority stockholder of APEX, invested
$30.0 million in Edison. In December 1999, we invested an additional $5.0
million in APEX, increasing our ownership interest to 19.7%. We are developing
educational programs for students and teachers with APEX, components of which
may be delivered on-line, and we piloted two such programs during the 1999-2000
school year. These programs, known as EdLabs, are physical environments in our
schools that are designed to deliver online educational programs to students and
professional development for teachers. Each EdLab contains networked computers,
large-screen video monitors, audio and videoconferencing capabilities, and
specially designed workstations for students and teachers.
LABOR RELATIONS
We are committed to developing a positive relationship with teachers'
unions at both the local and national levels. We work in successful partnership
with local teachers' unions in numerous schools across the country, and believe
our distinctive curriculum and school design can be successfully delivered in
the context of a unionized school. In this regard, we believe we are unique
among school management companies, which generally have declined to operate in
schools subject to collective bargaining.
Our commitment to developing a successful working relationship with unions
reflects the fact that a majority of our schools are contract rather than
charter schools. As a general proposition, teachers at charter schools in the
United States are not represented by unions. In contrast, at least in those
states with strong public employee labor laws, school teachers in traditional
public schools generally have elected to organize. Approximately 35% of the
schools we operated in the 1999-2000 school year were operated under collective
bargaining agreements as modified by a memorandum of understanding. In some
charter schools, the charter incorporates by reference portions of collective
bargaining agreements.
Although we prefer positive union relations, we regularly encounter
resistance from teachers unions in local school board debates over whether to
enter into a management agreement with us. Local teachers' unions have also
occasionally initiated litigation challenging our management agreements. The
concept of a private sector school manager in public education is a
comparatively new one. In addition, both national teachers unions historically
have opposed privatization in public schools. While we reject that label and
regard our approach to be more of a public/private partnership that draws on the
strengths of both sectors, the unions' historical perspective often influences
local debates. In many instances, we have pursued a charter in a community only
after it became clear that the local teachers association would decline to
participate in discussions concerning our retention by the district to operate a
contract school.
For several reasons, we believe that our relations with unions at all
levels will continue to improve:
- as an organization, we are committed to that improvement;
- many union members recognize that we are the only significant private
sector organization in this area that seeks to work within the existing
public school system;
- notwithstanding the perception of some opinion leaders, significant
elements within teachers unions are committed to meaningful reforms,
including any initiative that improves student performance, preserves the
integrity of the public school system as a whole and protects the rights
of teachers as professionals. We believe that our approach, unlike many
other reform initiatives, is consistent with these objectives;
- we believe that some local union leaders have concluded that working with
us is an effective defensive strategy against other more threatening
initiatives, such as vouchers or non-unionized charters; and
58
<PAGE> 58
- many aspects of our curriculum and school design, such as extensive
professional development and an enhanced leadership role for teachers in
the management of the school, have long enjoyed the support of the
unions.
We typically have employment agreements with our regional and developmental
vice presidents and with the principals, union and non-union teachers and other
personnel of our schools.
BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT
Our development division is responsible for establishing new client
relationships, expanding relationships with current clients and renewing client
management agreements. The division is led by an executive vice president, who
supervises 15 development professionals, each of whom is responsible for a
particular region. The development cycle for contract and charter schools
usually begins 10 to 20 months prior to a school's opening. The development vice
president typically targets numerous school districts within his or her region
as potential clients for a contract school, based upon a variety of criteria,
including:
- total enrollment and per-pupil expenditures of the district;
- proximity to existing Edison schools;
- perceived district and teacher's union support;
- the school superintendent's perceived receptivity to innovation; and
- number of new public or private schools opening in the district.
The development vice president's decision to focus on an area for a potential
charter school is based on similar factors, as well as other criteria,
including:
- particulars of the applicable state charter legislation;
- an established non-profit community agency interested in holding the
charter;
- a viable site acquisition strategy; and
- the support of state and local officials for charter schools.
The development cycle for contract and charter schools usually involves numerous
presentations to school district governing boards, teachers, teachers' union
leaders, parents, community groups and the media, as well as visits to our
existing contract or charter schools.
CONTRACTUAL ARRANGEMENTS FOR ESTABLISHING CONTRACT AND CHARTER SCHOOLS
CONTRACT SCHOOLS. Our management agreements for operating contract schools
are typically negotiated with the district school board. Management agreements
normally last for three to five years, provide us with per-student funding
generally comparable to that received by other schools in the district and give
us substantial control over a school, under the board's ultimate supervision, in
return for meeting specified academic results. We deliver and support our
curriculum, manage the school's budget, provide periodic assessment reports to
the school district, hire teachers and, in collaboration with the school
district, choose the school's principal.
CHARTER SCHOOLS. Our management agreements for operating charter schools
are negotiated with the charter boards, which generally consist of community
groups or established non-profit entities. Public school districts typically can
also issue charters and may retain us to operate charter schools. The terms and
conditions of these management agreements are similar to our management
agreements for contract schools. We often also help the charter boards arrange
for financing to obtain the facilities for the charter schools. In some cases,
we have entered into long-term leases for the charter school facilities. We have
also provided permanent credit support for many of our charter school buildings,
typically in the form of loan guarantees or cash advances.
59
<PAGE> 59
GOVERNMENT LAWS AND REGULATIONS
FEDERAL AND STATE EDUCATION PROGRAMS. We receive funds derived from
numerous federal and state programs to be used for specific educational
purposes. If we fail to comply with the requirements of the various programs, we
could be required to repay the funds and be determined ineligible for receipt of
future federal funds. Most of our schools receive funds under Title I of the
Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965. This program supports the
education of children from low-income families. Some of our schools also receive
funds from other programs under this act, including Title II, which provides
funding for the professional development of teachers, Title III, which provides
funding for technology programs, Title VII, which provides funding for bilingual
education programs, and Title X, which provides start-up funding for charter
schools. We have policies and procedures in place in order to comply with the
regulations and requirements of these programs.
Although we receive these federal and state funds indirectly, through local
school boards and charter boards, our receipt of these funds subjects us to
extensive governmental regulation and scrutiny. We could lose all or part of
these funds if we fail to comply with the applicable statutes or regulations, if
the federal or state authorities reduce the funding for the programs or if we
are determined to be ineligible to receive funds under such programs. To the
extent that the laws and regulations governing federal and state programs change
or are interpreted in a manner that would prevent school districts and public
charter schools from using federal funds to pay for the services we provide, the
loss of all or part of these funds would hurt our business.
INDIVIDUALS WITH DISABILITIES IN EDUCATION ACT. This act requires that
students with qualified disabilities receive an appropriate education through
special education and related services provided in a manner reasonably
calculated to enable the child to receive educational benefit in the least
restrictive environment. Our responsibility to provide the potentially extensive
services required by this act varies depending on state law, type of school and
the terms of our management agreements. We are generally responsible for
ensuring the requirements of this act are met in our charter schools, unless
state law assigns that responsibility to another entity. School districts are
generally responsible for ensuring the requirements of this act are met in our
contract schools. We could be required to provide additional teachers, aides or
special services, at our cost, if we are found in violation of this act in one
of our schools.
FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS AND PRIVACY ACT. We are subject to the federal
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, which protects the privacy of a
student's educational record, and generally prohibits a school from disclosing a
student's records to a third party without the student's prior consent. The law
also gives parents certain rights with respect to their minor children's
education records. Our failure to comply with this law may result in termination
of our eligibility to receive federal education funds.
GUN-FREE SCHOOLS ACT. The Gun-Free Schools Act, which became effective in
1994, requires us to effect certain policies, assurances and reports regarding
the discipline of students who bring weapons to our schools. If we violate any
of these requirements, we may be deemed ineligible to receive certain Federal
education funds.
FEDERAL CIVIL RIGHTS LAWS. We must comply with federal civil rights laws
or we could be determined ineligible to receive funds from federal programs or
face criminal or civil penalties. These laws include the following:
- TITLE VI OF THE CIVIL RIGHTS ACT OF 1964. Title VI prohibits recipients
of federal financial assistance from discriminating on the basis of race,
color or national origin.
- TITLE IX OF THE EDUCATION AMENDMENTS OF 1972. Title IX prohibits
discrimination on the basis of gender by recipients of federal financial
assistance.
- SECTION 504 OF THE REHABILITATION ACT OF 1973. Section 504 prohibits
discrimination on the basis of disability by recipients of federal
financial assistance.
60
<PAGE> 60
- AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT OF 1990. This act prohibits
discrimination in employment against a qualified individual with a
disability and requires that buildings, facilities and vehicles
associated with public services be accessible to individuals with
disabilities.
- AGE DISCRIMINATION ACT OF 1975. This act prohibits recipients of federal
financial assistance from discriminating on the basis of age.
- AGE DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT ACT OF 1967. This act prohibits
discrimination on the basis of age in employment.
- EQUAL PAY ACT OF 1963. This act prohibits discrimination on the basis of
gender in the payment of wages.
- TITLE VII OF THE CIVIL RIGHTS ACT OF 1964. Title VII prohibits
discrimination on the basis of gender in employment.
DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE ACT OF 1988. The Drug-Free Workplace Act requires a
recipient of federal funds to certify that it provides a drug-free workplace. If
we violate the certification and reporting requirements of this act, then we
could be determined ineligible to receive federal funds.
STATE REGULATIONS. We are also subject to state statutory and regulatory
requirements in the states in which we operate. All states have standards for
the operation of schools concerning, for example, the length of the school year,
curriculum, hours of the school day, physical education and other areas. We
could be in violation of our management agreements with charter boards or school
districts if we fail to comply with these standards.
For more information on the effect of government laws and regulations on
our business, see "Risk Factors -- We rely on government funds for specific
education programs, and our business could suffer if we fail to comply with
rules concerning the receipt and use of the funds" and "-- We could be subject
to extensive government regulation because we benefit from federal funds, and
our failure to comply with government regulations could result in the reduction
or loss of federal education funds."
SECURITY
We believe our school design helps maintain order and security by
encouraging closer relationships between teachers, students and families. In
addition, we recently began to implement the following three-step program for
ensuring security at our schools:
- first, we have engaged a national school security consultant to oversee
the design and effectiveness of security at our schools;
- second, we have convened a security committee, consisting of school
administrators, superintendents and security experts, to develop detailed
security procedures and standards for all Edison schools; and
- third, we are including a security training module as part of the
leadership training for all principals.
HUMAN RESOURCES
As of June 30, 2000, we had 202 full-time headquarters employees. In
addition, 62 principals, approximately 2,000 teachers and approximately 1,600
members of administrative staff and management worked in our schools at the end
of the 1999-2000 school year.
FACILITIES
Of the 79 schools we operated in the 1999-2000 school year, the 55 contract
schools generally operated in existing facilities provided by our school
district clients, though we manage the maintenance
61
<PAGE> 61
and operation of these facilities. Of our 55 contract schools, 15 were operated
under a charter held by a public school district which provides a facility.
Significant real estate investments are often necessary when we establish a
charter school for a charter board and existing facilities are not available.
These investments are generally either made by the charter board or by us, and
we work closely with the charter board to locate, develop and finance the
charter school's facilities. A suitable location often needs to be found prior
to completing a charter application for a particular jurisdiction. The building
or renovation process generally lasts at least several months and can vary
widely in expense from minimal upgrades to new construction, which can cost from
$4.0 million to more than $8.0 million. Innovative financing methods are often
needed to compensate for the limited amount of state and local funding available
to develop charter school facilities and we have employed a variety of
approaches, including owning or leasing the building, advancing funds for the
building to the charter board with various repayment terms, or having the
charter board directly own or lease the facility, sometimes assisted by a
subordinated loan from us. We also consider providing guarantees to lending
institutions to allow the charter board flexibility in obtaining financing. We
intend to develop tax-exempt financing structures for charter boards and expand
our relationships with real estate investment trusts to provide additional
potential sources of financing for charter boards.
Our executive offices are located in New York, New York in a leased
facility consisting of approximately 60,000 square feet.
We have entered into an agreement to purchase property in New York, New
York for a purchase price of $10 million. We have entered into a non-binding
letter of intent with the Museum of African Art to develop the property for a
mixed use project consisting of our new corporate headquarters, a charter school
and a facility to house the Museum of African Art. We have not yet received the
necessary zoning approvals for this project. We have paid $3.0 million to the
current owner of the property and could be required to pay up to an additional
$500,000 if we need to extend the closing date in order to obtain the zoning
approvals. If we are unable to obtain the necessary zoning approvals by April
11, 2001, or if prior to that time we decide to terminate the contract with the
current owner, we will be forced to either forfeit any amounts paid to the
current owner, which could be as much as $3.5 million, or to purchase the
property without the zoning approval. We also do not currently have a contract
with the Museum of African Art for this project or an agreement with any party
to operate a charter school on that site.
COMPETITION
We have few direct competitors. We believe the companies that are most
similar to us in terms of corporate strategy focus primarily or exclusively on
operating charter schools, rather than contracting with school districts. These
companies include Advantage Schools, Beacon Education Management, Charter
Schools USA, The Leona Group, National Heritage Academy and SABIS Educational
Systems. In addition, there are at least two companies that operate private
schools with plans for charter schools. The TesseracT Group is currently
managing one charter school and has been awarded several more charters. Nobel
Learning Communities was recently awarded its first charter to operate a school
in Pennsylvania. In addition, other private school operators, post-secondary
education providers or child care providers could possibly enter our market. For
example, Bright Horizons Family Solutions, a provider of corporate sponsored
child care, just opened its first private school and it or other child care
providers could seek opportunities in the charter or contract schools market as
well.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
We are involved in various legal proceedings from time to time incidental
to the conduct of our business. For example, we are currently involved in
lawsuits filed in Dallas, Texas, Baltimore, Maryland and Peoria, Illinois
questioning the authority of these school districts to enter into management
contracts with us. We currently believe that any ultimate liability arising out
of such proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on our financial
condition or results of operations.
62
<PAGE> 62
MANAGEMENT
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
Our executive officers and directors, and their ages as of June 30, 2000,
are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME AGE POSITION
---- --- --------
<S> <C> <C>
H. Christopher Whittle............ 52 President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Benno C. Schmidt, Jr.............. 58 Chairman of the Board of Directors
Christopher D. Cerf............... 45 Chief Operating Officer
James L. Starr.................... 37 Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President
John E. Chubb, Ph.D............... 46 Chief Education Officer and Executive Vice President
Laura K. Eshbaugh(1).............. 52 Executive Vice President and Director
Reverend Floyd H. Flake........... 55 President of Edison Charter Schools
David A. Graff.................... 32 General Counsel and Senior Vice President
Kathleen M. Hamel................. 35 Executive Vice President, Whole District Partnerships
Tonya G. Hinch.................... 37 Executive Vice President, School Operations Division
Deborah M. McGriff, Ph.D.......... 50 President of Edison Teacher's Colleges
Manuel J. Rivera, Ed.D............ 47 Chief Development Officer
Donald N. Sunderland.............. 49 Chief Information Officer and Executive Vice President
Virginia G. Bonker(1)............. 35 Director
John W. Childs(2)................. 58 Director
Ramon C. Cortines................. 67 Director
Charles J. Delaney................ 40 Director
Robert Finzi(2)................... 46 Director
John B. Fullerton(1).............. 39 Director
Janet A. Hickey(1)................ 55 Director
Klas Hillstrom(1)................. 33 Director
Jeffrey T. Leeds(2)............... 43 Director
William F. Weld................... 54 Director
</TABLE>
---------------
(1) Member of the Audit Committee
(2) Member of the Compensation Committee
Set forth below is certain information regarding the professional
experience for each of the above-named persons.
H. Christopher Whittle, Edison's founder, has served as President since
March 1997 and as Chief Executive Officer since July 1998. He has served as a
director since 1992 and also served as our Chairman of the Board of Directors
from 1992 until March 1995. He is the President and sole stockholder of WSI Inc.
WSI Inc. is a corporation wholly owned by Mr. Whittle whose current primary
purpose is to hold Mr. Whittle's personal investments. From 1986 to 1994, Mr.
Whittle was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Whittle Communications L.P.,
which developed magazines and other print publications as well as Channel One,
an advertising-supported daily news and information television program for
schools. Before that, Mr. Whittle was the founder of 13-30 Corporation, the
predecessor of Whittle Communications L.P., and served as the publisher of
Esquire magazine from 1979 to 1986.
Benno C. Schmidt, Jr. has served as Chairman of the Board of Directors
since March 1997. He also served as our Chief Executive Officer from 1992 to
June 1998, our President from 1992 to February 1997 and our Chief Education
Officer from July 1998 through April 1999. Mr. Schmidt served as President of
Yale University from 1986 to 1992. He also served as Dean of the Columbia
University School of Law from 1984 to 1986.
63
<PAGE> 63
Christopher D. Cerf has served as Chief Operating Officer since May 1999.
He also served as our General Counsel from June 1997 to April 2000. Prior to
joining us, he was a partner in the law firm of Wiley, Rein and Fielding from
May 1996 to June 1997. Between 1994 and April 1996, he served in the White House
as Associate Counsel to the President. Mr. Cerf is also a former high school
history teacher.
James L. Starr has served as Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice
President since April 1998. Prior to joining us, he served as Senior Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer of Sierra Health Services, Inc., a health
services company, from August 1994 to April 1998. From 1989 to August 1994, he
served as Sierra's Director of Finance and Controller. Prior to that, Mr. Starr
was a senior accountant at Deloitte and Touche. He is a certified public
accountant.
John E. Chubb has served as Chief Education Officer and Executive Vice
President since May 1999. Prior to that, he served as Executive Vice President
of Curriculum, Instruction and Assessment from 1992 to April 1999.
Laura K. Eshbaugh has served in a variety of roles since joining us at our
inception in 1992, most recently serving as Executive Vice President since July
1998. She has been a director since 1992. From 1989 to September 1994, Ms.
Eshbaugh served as Vice Chairman of Whittle Communications L.P.
Reverend Floyd H. Flake has served as President of Edison Charter Schools
since May 2000. He has also served as the senior pastor of the Allen African
Methodist Episcopal Church in Jamaica, Queens since 1976. Reverend Flake has
served as a Senior Fellow at the Manhattan Institute for Social and Economic
Policy since January 1998 and a columnist for the New York Post since January
1998. Reverend Flake has been a member of the Board of Directors of the Fannie
Mae Foundation since January 1998 and an Adjunct Fellow on the Advisory Board of
the Brookings Institution Center on Urban and Metropolitan Policy since February
1998. From January 1986 to December 1997, Reverend Flake served as a member of
the United States House of Representatives, representing the 6th district of New
York.
David A. Graff has served as Senior Vice President and General Counsel
since April 2000. From December 1998 to April 2000, he served as our Deputy
General Counsel. Prior to that, he was an associate in the law firm of Shea &
Gardner from September 1995 to December 1998.
Kathleen M. Hamel has served as our Executive Vice President, Whole
District Partnerships since May 2000. From June 1999 to May 2000, she served as
Senior Vice President of Development, and prior to that as Vice President of
Development. Ms. Hamel joined us as a publishing specialist in January 1996.
Prior to joining us, Ms. Hamel was a senior marketing manager at Cathay Pacific
Airways.
Tonya G. Hinch has served as Executive Vice President, School Operations
Division since April 2000. From June 1999 to April 2000, she served as our
Senior Vice President, School Operations Division, and from November 1998 to
June 1999, she served as our Vice President for Start-Up. Prior to joining us,
she served as Co-President of Ultrafem, Inc., a womens' reproductive health care
company, from October 1997 to October 1998, and as Ultrafem's Senior Vice
President for Marketing and Sales from November 1995 to October 1997. Ultrafem
declared bankruptcy in April 1998. From October 1993 to October 1995, she served
as General Manager of Haircare for Neutrogena, Inc., a subsidiary of Johnson &
Johnson Corporation.
Deborah M. McGriff has served as President of Edison Teacher's Colleges
since May 2000. Prior to that time, she served as our Executive Vice President
of Development from February 1998 to May 2000. From November 1993 to February
1998, she served as our Senior Vice President of Charter School Development.
Before joining us, she was General Superintendent of the Detroit public schools.
Ms. McGriff earlier served as Assistant Superintendent in Cambridge,
Massachusetts and Deputy Superintendent in Milwaukee, Wisconsin.
Manuel J. Rivera has served as our Chief Development Officer since May
2000. Prior to that, he served as our Executive Vice President of Development
from February 1998 to May 2000, and as our Executive Vice President and Director
of Schools from July 1994 to February 1998. From 1991 to 1994, he was
Superintendent of Rochester Public Schools.
64
<PAGE> 64
Donald N. Sunderland has served as Chief Information Officer and Executive
Vice President since January 1999. He previously served as Managing Director and
Head of Global Technology for Fixed Income and FX Derivatives at the Union Bank
of Switzerland from October 1995 to September 1998. Prior to that time, from
July 1994 to August 1995, he served as Head of Global Technology for Sumitomo
Bank Capital Markets.
Virginia G. Bonker has served as a director since November 1996. She has
been a partner with Blue Rock Capital L.P., a private investment firm, since
August 1995. From 1988 until August 1995, Ms. Bonker was a Vice President with
the Sprout Group, a division of DLJ Capital Corporation, which is a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Inc.
John W. Childs has served as a director since November 1996. He has served
as President of J.W. Childs Associates L.P., a private investment firm, since
June 1995. Mr. Childs was previously a Senior Managing Director at Thomas H. Lee
Co., a private investment firm, from 1987 to June 1995.
Ramon C. Cortines became a director effective July 1, 2000. Mr. Cortines
earlier served on our Board of Directors from October 7, 1999 to November 21,
1999, when he resigned to become to the Interim Superintendant of the Los
Angeles Unified School District, a position he held from November 1999 to June
2000. He has served as Director of the Pew Network for Standard Space Reform at
Stanford University from July 1996 to March 1997 and a senior advisor to the
Secretary of Education of the U.S. Department of Education from November 1995 to
December 1999. From February 1999 to June 1999, Mr. Cortines was a lecturer on
education with Harvard University. From January 1998 to October 1998, he served
as the Interim Director of the Annenberg Institute at Brown University. Mr.
Cortines served as the Acting Assistant Secretary for Educational Research and
School Improvement at the U.S. Department of Education from March 1997 to August
1997. From November 1993 to October 1995, he served as the Chancellor of the New
York City Public Schools. Mr. Cortines serves on the Board of Directors of
Scholastic Corporation.
Charles J. Delaney has served as a director since July 1999. Mr. Delaney is
the President of UBS Capital Americas, which is the manager for two funds
established by UBS AG to make private equity investments in the U.S. and Latin
America. Mr. Delaney served as President of UBS Capital LLC from May 1989 to
December 1999. UBS Capital Americas and UBS Capital LLC are affiliated with UBS
AG. Mr. Delaney serves on the Board of Directors of Aurora Foods, Inc.
Robert Finzi has served as a director since March 1995. He has been a
general partner of the Sprout Group since May 1991. The Sprout Group is a
division of DLJ Capital Corporation, which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Inc. Mr. Finzi serves on the Boards of Directors of
Interdent, Inc. and Phase Metrics Inc. The Sprout Group, DLJ Capital Corporation
and Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Inc. are affiliated with Donaldson, Lufkin &
Jenrette Securities Corporation, an underwriter of this offering.
John B. Fullerton has served as a director since January 1998. He has been
a managing director at J.P. Morgan Capital Corporation and J.P. Morgan
Investment Corporation since 1991. J.P. Morgan Capital Corporation and J.P.
Morgan Investment Corporation are affiliated with J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.,
an underwriter of this offering.
Janet A. Hickey has served as a director since March 1995. She has been a
general partner of the Sprout Group and a Senior Vice President of DLJ Capital
Corporation since 1986. Ms. Hickey serves on the Board of Directors of Corporate
Express, Inc. The Sprout Group and DLJ Capital Corporation are affiliated with
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, an underwriter of this
offering.
Klas Hillstrom has served as a director since January 1998. Mr. Hillstrom
has served as a Managing Director with Investor Growth Capital Inc. since
February 1999. From February 1995 to January 1999, Mr. Hillstrom served as
Senior Investment Manager of Investor UK Ltd., and as President of Investor U.K.
Ltd. from January 1998 to February 1999. Prior to February 1995, Mr. Hillstrom
served as an Investment Manager with Investor AB.
65
<PAGE> 65
Jeffrey T. Leeds has served as a director since November 1996. He has been
a principal of Leeds Associates L.L.C., a private investment firm, since April
1999. He has also been a principal of Advance Capital Management L.L.C., a
private investment firm, since November 1995, and has served as President of
Leeds Group Inc., an investment banking firm, since January 1993. Mr. Leeds
serves on the Board of Directors of Elsinore Corporation and TransAct
Technologies Inc.
William F. Weld has served as a director since October 1999. He has been a
partner with the law firm of McDermott, Will & Emory since November 1997. From
January 1991 to July 1997, Mr. Weld served as the Governor of the Commonwealth
of Massachusetts. Mr. Weld serves on the Boards of Directors of Affiliated
Managers Group, Inc., IDT Corp. and Worldwide Web Networx Corp.
See "Related Party Transactions" and "Principal and Selling Stockholders"
for certain information concerning Edison's directors and executive officers.
One of our investors has the right to attend meetings of our Board of
Directors. This right can be terminated by our board at any time.
ELECTION OF DIRECTORS
Our Board of Directors currently consists of 13 directors. Beginning with
the annual meeting of stockholders in the fall of 2000, the number of directors
on our Board of Directors will be fixed at 11. At that meeting, the holders of
class A common stock will be entitled, as a separate class, to elect seven of
the 11 directors and the holders of class B common stock will be entitled, as a
separate class, to elect the remaining four directors. Holders of both class A
common stock and class B common stock have cumulative voting rights in the
election of directors. For more information concerning cumulative voting rights,
see "Description of Capital Stock -- Common Stock."
Each executive officer serves at the discretion of the Board of Directors
and holds office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until
his or her earlier resignation or removal. There are no family relationships
among any of the directors or executive officers of Edison. Edison's charter and
bylaws do not require that the Board of Directors include independent directors.
However, The Nasdaq Stock Market requires us to include two independent
directors on the Board of Directors.
All of our current directors were elected to the board under contractual
rights held by the various classes of our common stock which existed prior to
our initial public offering in November 1999. These rights terminated at the
time of our initial public offering.
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
We reimburse directors for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in
attending meetings of the Board of Directors. We may, in our discretion, grant
stock options and other equity awards to our non-employee directors from time to
time pursuant to our 1999 Stock Incentive Plan. Other equity awards could
include stock appreciation rights, which represent the right to receive any
excess in value of the shares of class A common stock over the exercise price;
restricted stock awards, which entitle recipients to acquire shares of class A
common stock, subject to our right to repurchase all or part of such shares at
their purchase price in the event that the conditions specified in the award are
not satisfied; and unrestricted stock awards, which represent grants of shares
of class A common stock to participants free of any restrictions under this
plan. For more information on this plan, see "-- Benefit Plans -- 1999 Stock
Incentive Plan." We have not yet determined the amount and timing of such grants
or awards. No director who is an employee of Edison receives separate
compensation for services rendered as a director.
BOARD COMMITTEES
The Board of Directors has established a Compensation Committee and an
Audit Committee. The Board of Directors selects the members of these committees.
The Compensation Committee, which consists of Mr. Childs, Mr. Finzi and Mr.
Leeds, reviews executive salaries, administers our bonus, incentive compensation
and stock plans, and approves the salaries and other benefits of our executive
66
<PAGE> 66
officers. In addition, the Compensation Committee consults with our management
regarding our pension and other benefit plans and compensation policies and
practices.
The Audit Committee, which consists of Ms. Bonker, Ms. Eshbaugh, Mr.
Fullerton, Ms. Hickey and Mr. Hillstrom, reviews the professional services
provided by our independent accountants, the independence of such accountants
from our management, our annual financial statements and our system of internal
accounting controls. As required by the Nasdaq National Market, by June 2001 the
Audit Committee will consist of three or more independent directors. The Audit
Committee also reviews such other matters with respect to our accounting,
auditing and financial reporting practices and procedures as it may find
appropriate or may be brought to its attention.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The table below sets forth, for the years ended June 30, 1999 and 2000, the
total compensation earned by our President and Chief Executive Officer and each
of the four other most highly compensated executive officers who received annual
compensation in excess of $100,000 for the year ended June 30, 2000. In
accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission the
compensation set forth in the table below does not include medical, group life
or other benefits which are available to all of our salaried employees, and
perquisites and other benefits, securities or property which do not exceed the
lesser of $50,000 or 10% of the person's salary and bonus shown in the table. In
the table below, columns required by the regulations of the Securities and
Exchange Commission have been omitted where no information was required to be
disclosed under those columns.
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LONG-TERM
COMPENSATION
------------
AWARDS
------------
ANNUAL COMPENSATION SECURITIES
------------------- UNDERLYING ALL OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION YEAR SALARY BONUS OPTIONS(1) COMPENSATION
--------------------------- ---- -------- ------- ------------ ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
H. Christopher Whittle............ 1999 $296,636 $ -- 500,000 $ 2,762(2)
President and Chief Executive 2000 309,545 -- 100,000 3,377(3)
Officer
Benno C. Schmidt, Jr.(4).......... 1999 296,636 -- -- 14,760(5)
Chairman of the Board of
Directors 2000 309,545 -- 291,500 14,760(5)
Christopher D. Cerf............... 1999 225,631 50,000 338,000 500(5)
Chief Operating Officer 2000 265,804 50,000(6) -- 1,085(5)
James L. Starr.................... 1999 225,000 40,000 37,500 13,000(7)
Chief Financial Officer and 2000 244,350 40,000(6) -- 13,000(7)
Executive Vice President
John E. Chubb..................... 1999 225,000 40,000 -- 500(5)
Chief Education Officer and 2000 236,532 40,000(6) 120,000 500(5)
Executive Vice President
</TABLE>
---------------
(1) Represents the number of shares covered by options to purchase shares of
common stock granted during the respective years.
(2) Represents fees paid to WSI Inc. pursuant to its management agreement with
Edison. Mr. Whittle is the President and sole stockholder of WSI Inc. For
more information on the management agreement, see "Related Party
Transactions -- Management Agreement with WSI Inc."
(3) Represents aggregate fees of $3,377 paid to WSI Inc. pursuant to its
management agreement with Edison.
(4) Mr. Schmidt's compensation does not include accrued interest relating to
loans to Mr. Schmidt from Edison. For more information on these loans, see
"Related Party Transactions -- Loans to
67
<PAGE> 67
Executives." This interest is not due until the earlier of February 15, 2002
or the termination of Mr. Schmidt's employment with us.
(5) Represents 401(k) matching contributions and/or life insurance premiums paid
on behalf of the executive.
(6) Estimate.
(7) Represents a payment of $12,500 made pursuant to a relocation arrangement
and 401(k) matching contributions.
OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
The following table sets forth each grant of stock options during the year
ended June 30, 2000 to the named executive officers. All of these options were
granted at or above fair market value as determined by the Board of Directors on
the date of grant.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
INDIVIDUAL GRANTS VALUE AT ASSUMED
--------------------------------------------------------- ANNUAL RATES OF
NUMBER OF PERCENT OF TOTAL STOCK PRICE
SECURITIES OPTIONS APPRECIATION
UNDERLYING GRANTED EXERCISE FOR OPTION TERM(3)
OPTIONS TO EMPLOYEES PRICE EXPIRATION ------------------------
GRANTED(1) IN FISCAL YEAR PER SHARE(2) DATE 5% 10%
---------- ---------------- ------------ ---------- ---------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
H. Christopher Whittle... 100,000 5.0% $20.75 6/2010 $3,379,956 $ 5,382,016
Benno C. Schmidt......... 291,500 14.6 20.75 6/2010 9,852,573 15,688,575
Christopher D. Cerf...... -- -- -- -- -- --
James L. Starr........... -- -- -- -- -- --
John E. Chubb............ 120,000 6.0 20.75 6/2010 4,055,948 6,458,419
</TABLE>
---------------
(1) All of the securities indicated as underlying options granted were shares of
class A common stock.
(2) These options were granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market
value of our common stock on the date of grant as determined by our Board of
Directors.
(3) The 5% and 10% assumed annual rates of compound stock price appreciation are
prescribed by the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange
Commission and do not represent our estimate or projection of the future
trading prices of our class A common stock. There can be no assurance that
the actual stock price appreciation over the ten-year option term will be at
the assumed 5% and 10% levels or at any other defined level. Actual gains,
if any, on stock option exercises are dependent on numerous factors,
including our future performance, overall market conditions and the option
holder's continued employment with us throughout the entire vesting period
and the option term, which factors are not reflected in this table. The
potential realizable value is calculated by multiplying the fair market
value per share of the class A common stock on the date of grant as
determined by the Board of Directors, which is equal to the exercise price
per share, by the stated annual appreciation rate compounded annually for
the option term, subtracting the exercise price per share from the product,
and multiplying the remainder by the number of shares underlying the option
granted.
68
<PAGE> 68
OPTION EXERCISES AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
The table below sets forth information concerning options exercised by each
of the named executive officers during the year ended June 30, 2000 and the
number and value of unexercised options held by each of the named executive
officers on June 30, 2000:
OPTION EXERCISES AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF
SECURITIES UNDERLYING VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
UNEXERCISED OPTIONS IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS
SHARES AT FISCAL YEAR-END(2) AT FISCAL YEAR-END
ACQUIRED VALUE --------------------------- ---------------------------
NAME ON EXERCISE REALIZED(1) EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE
---- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------- ----------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
H. Christopher
Whittle(3)........... 725,000(4) $10,920,313 1,897,334 3,027,666 $ 5,654,647 $ 573,478
Benno C. Schmidt,
Jr. ................. -- -- 743,556 291,500 15,319,815 710,531
Christopher D. Cerf.... -- -- 212,500 288,000 3,824,844 3,135,600
James L. Starr......... -- -- 118,116 56,884 1,667,596 740,451
John E. Chubb.......... -- -- 180,410 120,000 3,732,232 292,500
</TABLE>
---------------
(1) Represents the difference between the exercise price and the last sales
price of the class A common stock on the date of exercise.
(2) Of the shares indicated as being exercisable under these options, 90% were
class A common stock and 10% were class B common stock.
(3) Includes options held by WSI Inc., a corporation of which Mr. Whittle is the
President and sole stockholder.
(4) Represents 652,500 shares of class A common stock and 72,500 shares of class
B common stock.
The value of unexercised in-the-money options at fiscal year-end has been
calculated on the basis of $23.19, which was the last sales price per share of
the class A common stock on June 30, 2000, as reported on the Nasdaq National
Market, less the per-share exercise price.
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
Edison and H. Christopher Whittle entered into an agreement in March 1997,
which was later amended in December 1997 and July 1999, in which we agreed to
employ Mr. Whittle until June 30, 2004, with an annual base salary of $320,366
and subject to annual increases of 8% or more for successful achievement of our
fiscal year business plan. Mr. Whittle's salary for fiscal 2000 was $309,545.
Under this agreement, beginning in fiscal year 1998, Mr. Whittle became eligible
to receive an annual bonus of up to 50% of his current base salary. We also
agreed to maintain long-term disability insurance and term life insurance in the
amount of $800,000 for Mr. Whittle's benefit. If we terminate Mr. Whittle's
employment without cause or if Mr. Whittle terminates his employment for "good
reason," Mr. Whittle will receive as severance pay his then current base salary
and his maximum permitted bonus for the then current year for two years
following the effective date of his termination. If we terminate Mr. Whittle for
cause, he is entitled to receive his base salary only through the effective date
of termination. If Mr. Whittle terminates the relationship without good reason,
he is entitled to receive his then current base salary for twelve months
following the effective date of his termination less any amount he earns as a
result of new employment. In addition, if Mr. Whittle terminates his employment
without good reason prior to July 1, 2002, our loans to him to exercise stock
options will become due. Under this agreement, "good reason" is defined as Mr.
Whittle's assignment to materially less significant duties, our failure to
reappoint Mr. Whittle to his then current position or our failure to perform our
material obligations under this agreement. Mr. Whittle has agreed not to compete
against us during the term of his employment and for one year thereafter and not
to solicit the employment or other services of any of our executive employees
for one year after his termination. For more information on our loans to Mr.
Whittle in connection with his exercise of stock options, see "Related Party
Transactions -- Loans to Executives."
69
<PAGE> 69
Edison and Benno C. Schmidt, Jr. entered into an agreement in June 2000 in
which we agreed to employ Mr. Schmidt until June 2003, with an annual base
salary of $298,080 and subject to annual increases or decreases at the same time
and in the same amount as Edison's Chief Executive Officer. This agreement
replaced Mr. Schmidt's prior employment agreement, which we entered into with
him in March 1997 and which expired in June 2000. Mr. Schmidt's salary for
fiscal 2000 was $309,545. In fiscal 1997, Mr. Schmidt was eligible to receive an
annual bonus of up to one-third of his base salary and, beginning in fiscal
1998, Mr. Schmidt became eligible to receive an annual bonus of up to 50% of his
current base salary. We also agreed to maintain term life insurance in the
amount of $5.0 million for Mr. Schmidt's benefit. If we terminate Mr. Schmidt's
employment without cause or if Mr. Schmidt terminates his employment for "good
reason," Mr. Schmidt will receive as severance pay his then current base salary
and the bonus he earned from the prior fiscal year for one year following the
effective date of termination. The provisions in Mr. Schmidt's employment
contract concerning termination of Mr. Schmidt's employment by Edison for cause
are the same as Mr. Whittle's described above, except we have also agreed to pay
Mr. Schmidt a lump sum of $3.2 million if he is terminated for any reason except
death, though this amount may be used to offset any outstanding balance on two
loans we have made to Mr. Schmidt. We also agreed to purchase from Mr. Schmidt
the minimum amount of Edison stock necessary to provide Mr. Schmidt with enough
money to pay the taxes associated with the lump sum payment. We will be unable
to claim a deduction for a portion of this lump sum if we pay the lump sum to
Mr. Schmidt in connection with the termination of his employment due to a change
in control of Edison. For more information on our loans to Mr. Schmidt, see
"Related Party Transactions -- Loans to Executives." Mr. Schmidt has agreed not
to compete against us during the term of his employment and for one year
thereafter.
Edison and Christopher D. Cerf entered into an agreement in June 1997,
which was amended in July 1999, in which we agreed to employ Mr. Cerf until June
2002, with an annual base salary of $240,000. Mr. Cerf's salary for fiscal 2000
was $247,804. The agreement is annually renewable for successive one-year terms.
Mr. Cerf is entitled to a bonus of up to 50% of his base salary based on our
achievement of specified academic and financial performance goals. Mr. Cerf will
receive a relocation assistance payment of up to $50,000 if he is required to
relocate to New York City. Edison also agreed to maintain long-term disability
insurance and term life insurance in the amount of $800,000 for Mr. Cerf's
benefit. If Mr. Cerf is terminated without cause, he is entitled to receive his
base salary for twelve months following the effective date of his termination
less any amount he earns during the last six months of this period as a result
of new employment. If Mr. Cerf is terminated for cause, he is entitled to
receive his base salary only through the effective date of termination. Mr. Cerf
has agreed not to compete against us during his term of employment and for one
year thereafter.
Edison and James L. Starr entered into an agreement in April 1998, in which
we agreed to employ Mr. Starr until April 2001 at an annual base salary of
$225,000. Mr. Starr's salary for fiscal 2000 was $244,350. The agreement
automatically renews for successive one-year terms. Mr. Starr is eligible to
receive a bonus of up to 33% of his base salary each fiscal year based upon the
reasonable achievement of annual objectives, as well as an additional $12,500
bonus on each of the first four anniversaries of his employment. Mr. Starr
received relocation expense reimbursement upon his relocation to the New York
City area. We also agreed to maintain long-term disability insurance and term
life insurance in the amount of $300,000 for Mr. Starr's benefit. If Mr. Starr
is terminated without cause, he is entitled to receive his base salary for six
months following the effective date of his termination. If Mr. Starr is
terminated for cause, he is entitled to receive his base salary only through the
effective date of his termination. Mr. Starr has agreed not to compete against
us during the term of his employment and for one year thereafter.
Edison and John E. Chubb entered into an agreement in March 1995, in which
we agreed to employ Mr. Chubb with an annual base salary of $200,000. Mr.
Chubb's salary for fiscal 2000 was $233,532. This agreement also provided for a
one-time cash transition payment of $110,000 to Mr. Chubb. If Mr. Chubb is
terminated without cause, he is entitled to receive as severance pay his base
salary for six months following the effective date of his termination less any
amount he earns as a result of new employment. If Mr. Chubb is terminated for
cause, he is entitled to receive his base salary only through the effective date
70
<PAGE> 70
of termination. Mr. Chubb has agreed not to compete against us during his term
of employment and for one year thereafter.
BENEFIT PLANS
1999 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
Our 1999 Stock Incentive Plan was adopted in October 1999. Under this plan,
a variety of stock-based awards may be granted to our officers, employees,
directors, consultants and advisors, as well as those of our subsidiaries.
Principals and teachers are also eligible to participate in this plan. The Board
of Directors has authorized the Compensation Committee to administer this plan.
While we currently anticipate that most grants under this plan will consist of
incentive stock options or nonstatutory stock options, we could also grant other
stock-based awards, including stock appreciation rights, which represent the
right to receive any excess in value of the shares of class A common stock over
the exercise price; restricted stock awards, which entitle recipients to acquire
shares of class A common stock, subject to our right to repurchase all or part
of such shares at their purchase price in the event that the conditions
specified in the award are not satisfied; or unrestricted stock awards, which
represent grants of shares of class A common stock to participants free of any
restrictions under this plan. Options or other awards that are granted under
this plan but expire unexercised are available for future grants. We can issue
up to 2,500,000 shares of class A common stock under this plan. We are not
authorized to issue class B common stock under this plan. As of June 30, 2000,
options to purchase 1,372,083 shares of class A common stock were outstanding
under this plan. No options or other awards have been granted under this plan.
Upon the occurrence of specified changes in control, options granted
pursuant to our stock option plans will be assumed, or equivalent options will
be substituted, by the acquiring corporation. If the acquiring corporation does
not agree to assume, or substitute for, such options, then all unexercised
options will become exercisable in full. In addition, if our stockholders
receive cash consideration for their stock in the change of control, we may
provide that all such options instead receive a cash payment based on the
difference between the cash consideration paid for shares of our stock and the
exercise prices of the options.
PRE-IPO STOCK PLANS
We had three stock incentive plans under which we granted stock options
prior to our initial public offering in November 1999. At the time of our
initial public offering, our Board of Directors provided that no additional
stock options would be granted under these plans. As of June 30, 2000, options
to purchase an aggregate of 1,255,862 shares of class A common stock and 139,540
shares of class B common stock remained outstanding under these plans.
401(k) PLAN
We have an employee savings and retirement plan qualified under Section 401
of the Internal Revenue Code and covering all of our employees. Pursuant to the
401(k) plan, employees may elect to reduce their current compensation by up to
the statutorily prescribed annual limit and have the amount of such reduction
contributed to the 401(k) plan. We may make matching or additional contributions
to the 401(k) plan in our discretion. Participants become fully vested in our
matching contribution after one year. We contributed to the 401(k) plan
approximately $9,000 in fiscal 1996, $19,000 in fiscal 1997, $29,000 in fiscal
1998, $62,876 in fiscal 1999 and $107,303 in fiscal 2000.
71
<PAGE> 71
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
LOANS TO EXECUTIVES
Mr. Schmidt borrowed $1.6 million from us on June 5, 1992 and $200,000 from
us on January 23, 1996, as evidenced by promissory notes. The promissory notes
were amended in October 1999 to provide that they bear interest at a rate equal
to the prime rate in effect from time to time, and that all principal and
accrued interest is due on the earlier of February 15, 2002 or the termination
of Mr. Schmidt's employment with us. Prior to this amendment, the notes bore
interest at an annual compound rate of 5.83% and all principal and accrued
interest payable under the notes was due on the earlier of February 15, 2002 or
the termination of Mr. Schmidt's employment with us. The loans are recourse and
are secured by a life insurance policy on Mr. Schmidt. The amount due from Mr.
Schmidt under this loan may be offset by us against the amount owed by us to Mr.
Schmidt under his severance agreement. The loans do not require periodic
interest or principal payments, and Mr. Schmidt has not made any payments of
interest or principal to date. The balance of principal and interest outstanding
under these loans was $1.8 million and $819,000, respectively, as of June 30,
2000. Mr. Schmidt is our Chairman of the Board of Directors.
Mr. Whittle borrowed $6.6 million from us on November 15, 1999 and $1.2
million from us on April 13, 2000. The loans represented the total amount
required for Mr. Whittle to purchase the shares upon exercise of his March 1997
option to purchase 270,000 shares of class A common stock and 30,000 shares of
class B common stock at $3.00 per share and his December 1997 option to purchase
382,500 shares of class A common stock and 42,500 shares of class B common stock
at $3.00 per share and to pay any related income tax obligations. We have also
agreed to loan Mr. Whittle any additional amount necessary to pay any additional
taxes or tax penalties incurred by him in connection with his purchase of the
shares. The loans are collateralized by the shares and bear interest at the
greater of the prime rate or our actual borrowing rate, if any, from time to
time, with payment of the principal amount and accrued interest on the November
1999 loan due in full in November 2004 and payment of the principal amount and
accrued interest on the April 2000 loan due in full in April 2005. The balance
of principal and interest outstanding under these loans was $7.9 million and
$451,000, respectively, as of June 30, 2000. Mr. Whittle is our President and
Chief Executive Officer and one of our directors. See "--Option Amendments"
below for a discussion of amendments to these options.
Mr. Rivera borrowed $100,000 from us on June 9, 2000, as evidenced by a
promissory note. The note is unsecured and bears interest at an annual rate of
11.5%. The note is due on July 1, 2003.
PAYMENT TO EXECUTIVE
On May 1, 2000 we agreed to make payments totaling $200,000 to Global
Lyceum, Inc., a corporation controlled by Mr. Flake, as compensation for
expenses incurred by Global Lyceum, Inc., as an inducement to Global Lyceum,
Inc. not to compete with us for five years, and to release Mr. Flake and two
associates from obligations owed to Global Lyceum, Inc. A payment of $100,000
was made in May 2000 and the remaining $100,000 is due in August 2000.
MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT WITH WSI INC.
On March 15, 1995, we entered into a five-year management agreement with
WSI Inc. to provide us with professional services, including those of Mr.
Whittle, and cover all related expenses for a fixed annual fee of $275,000, paid
monthly. WSI beneficially owns 3,365,359 shares of our class A common stock and
517,735 shares of our class B common stock. In November 1996, a lump sum payment
of $500,000 was made to WSI in lieu of all further fixed fee payments. The
agreement was amended March 1, 1997 to provide only for the payment of fees and
expenses specifically approved by our Board of Directors. Under this agreement,
we paid WSI $141,400 in fiscal 1996, $867,619 in fiscal 1997, $65,123 in fiscal
1998, $2,762 in fiscal 1999 and $3,377 in fiscal 2000. These payments represent
reimbursements of Mr. Whittle's and WSI's expenses incurred in connection with
marketing efforts on behalf of Edison, including staff,
72
<PAGE> 72
office, travel and secretarial expenses, during the period from March 1995 to
March 1997 when he was not an employee of Edison. We no longer pay WSI for Mr.
Whittle's services. Pursuant to this agreement, WSI was also granted options to
purchase 382,500 shares of class A common stock and 42,500 shares of class B
common stock at an exercise price of $20.00 per share and 450,000 shares of
class A common stock and 50,000 shares of class B common stock at an exercise
price of $40.00 per share. Mr. Whittle, our President and Chief Executive
Officer and one of our directors, is also the President and sole stockholder of
WSI. See "-- Option Amendments" below for a discussion of subsequent amendments
to these options.
OPTION AMENDMENTS
In June 1999, we amended substantially all of our then-existing employee
stock options to, among other things, (1) extend the exercise period through the
tenth anniversary of the date of grant, (2) eliminate provisions prohibiting
transfers of the shares purchased upon exercise and (3) eliminate provisions
requiring exercise only in full and only on the first day of our fiscal year.
Among the options amended were the following options held by our executives:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
OPTION OPTION PRICE CLASS A COMMON CLASS B COMMON
NAME GRANT DATE PER SHARE STOCK PURCHASABLE STOCK PURCHASABLE
---- ---------- ------------ ----------------- -----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
H. Christopher Whittle..... 3-1-97 $3.00 270,000 30,000
12-15-97 3.00 382,500 42,500
Benno C. Schmidt, Jr. ..... 3-15-95 2.50 556,700 61,856
12-15-97 3.00 112,500 12,500
Christopher D. Cerf........ 6-15-97 3.00 146,250 16,250
James L. Starr............. 4-20-98 8.00 123,750 13,750
John E. Chubb.............. 3-15-95 2.50 162,369 18,041
Laura K. Eshbaugh.......... 5-15-98 2.50 31,500 3,500
5-15-98 8.00 90,000 10,000
Michael Finnerty (then an
Executive Vice
President)............... 3-15-95 2.50 185,567 20,619
Deborah M. McGriff......... 3-15-95 2.50 37,139 4,127
5-5-98 8.00 53,100 5,900
Manuel J. Rivera........... 3-15-95 2.50 69,588 7,732
12-15-97 3.00 65,412 7,268
</TABLE>
With respect to the options of Mr. Whittle and Mr. Cerf shown above, we
also amended the options to provide that they were immediately fully vested.
Prior to this action, (1) Mr. Whittle's March 1997 option was vested as to 77%
of the shares, (2) Mr. Whittle's December 1997 option vested upon its tenth
anniversary, subject to acceleration upon an initial public offering at a price
of at least $16.00 per share, and (3) Mr. Cerf's option was vested as to 71% of
the shares.
In July 1999, we amended other options held by Mr. Whittle and WSI to,
depending upon the option, (1) extend the exercise period through the tenth
anniversary of the date of grant and (2) modify the vesting provisions. The
following table summarizes these amendments:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CLASS A CLASS B
COMMON COMMON VESTING
OPTION STOCK STOCK EXERCISE ------------------------------------------------------------
GRANT DATE PURCHASABLE PURCHASABLE PRICE PRIOR AMENDED
---------- ----------- ----------- -------- ---------------------------- ----------------------------
<C> <C> <C> <C> <S> <C>
3-95 382,500 42,500 $20.00 100% 100%
3-95 450,000 50,000 40.00 90% 90%
12-97 675,000 75,000 16.00 10 years, subject to 10 years, subject to
acceleration if shares trade acceleration upon IPO or
at $32 change in control
12-97 1,125,000 125,000 32.00 10 years, subject to 10 years, subject to
acceleration if shares trade acceleration if shares trade
at $64 at $50 or higher for 90 days
or upon change in control
</TABLE>
73
<PAGE> 73
In addition, the options which were not fully vested were amended to provide
that vesting accelerates fully, if our common stock is then trading at specified
levels, upon termination of Mr. Whittle's employment by Edison without cause or
by him with good reason, upon his death or disability or upon a change in
control of Edison.
After the June and July 1999 amendments, all of our then outstanding
employee stock options had been amended.
INVESTMENT IN APEX ONLINE LEARNING INC.
In July 1999, we acquired a 16.5% ownership interest in APEX Online
Learning Inc. for $5.0 million. We were obligated to invest up to an additional
$5.0 million in APEX in the future, if a third party were to invest in APEX. In
December 1999, we invested all of the additional $5.0 million, increasing our
ownership interest at that time to 19.7%. H. Christopher Whittle, our President
and Chief Executive Officer and a director, served on APEX's Board of Directors
from July 1999 to June 2000. Vulcan Ventures Incorporated, one of our
stockholders, is a significant stockholder of APEX. One of our former directors
serves as Vice President of Vulcan as well as Chairman of the Board of Directors
of APEX. Vulcan owns 2,195,123 shares of our class A common stock and 243,904
shares of our class B common stock. Through its ownership of one share of series
I common stock, Vulcan had the right to elect one representative to our Board of
Directors. This right terminated upon completion of our initial public offering
in November 1999. Vulcan's representative subsequently resigned from our Board
of Directors. For more information on our investment in APEX Online Learning
Inc., see "Business -- Relationship with APEX Online Learning Inc."
STOCK PURCHASES BY AFFILIATES AND RELATED MATTERS
JULY 1996 FINANCING. In July 1996, DLJ Capital Corporation, Sprout Capital
VI, L.P., Sprout Capital VII, L.P. and Sprout CEO Fund, L.P., through a holding
company, made a $7.0 million capital contribution to Edison. Mr. Finzi and Ms.
Hickey, our directors, are also general partners of the Sprout Group. The Sprout
Group is a division of DLJ Capital Corporation, which is a wholly owned
subsidiary of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Inc. Sprout Capital VI, L.P., Sprout
Capital VII, L.P., and Sprout CEO Fund, L.P. are affiliated with the Sprout
Group. Also in July 1996, WEG L.P. made a $2,725,000 capital contribution to
Edison and WEG II L.P. made a $3,833,000 capital contribution to Edison. Mr.
Whittle, our President, Chief Executive Officer and a director, is the President
and sole stockholder of WSI Inc., which controls and is the general partner of
WPA Investment L.P. WSI Inc. also controlled and was the general partner of each
of WEG L.P., WEG II L.P., WEG III L.P., WEG IV L.P., WEG V L.P., WEG VI L.P. and
WEG VII L.P.; these partnerships distributed their shares of our class A common
stock and class B common stock to their respective limited partners in December
1999 and terminated in May 2000.
CONVERSION FROM PARTNERSHIP TO CORPORATE FORM. In November 1996, we
converted our business from a partnership to a corporation. In connection with
this transaction, we issued shares of series A common stock and series A
convertible preferred stock in exchange for partnership interests. Upon
completion of our initial public offering in November 1999, each share of series
A common stock and series A convertible preferred stock converted into 0.45
shares of class A common stock and 0.05 shares of class B common stock.
74
<PAGE> 74
Shares issued to affiliates upon conversion of partnership interests in
November 1996:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF
NUMBER OF SHARES OF
SHARES OF SERIES A SERIES A CONVERTIBLE
NAME OF INVESTOR COMMON STOCK PREFERRED STOCK
---------------- ------------------ --------------------
<S> <C> <C>
WSI Inc. .......................................... 814,177 2,770,822
WPA Investment L.P................................. 738,096 2,511,903
WEG L.P. .......................................... 1,110,605 3,779,629
WEG II L.P. ....................................... 666,459 2,268,103
Sprout Capital VI, L.P. ........................... 697,589 2,374,046
Sprout Capital VII, L.P. .......................... 1,327,524 4,517,851
DLJ Capital Corporation............................ 110,671 376,639
Sprout CEO Fund, L.P. ............................. 15,121 51,461
Blue Rock Capital, L.P. ........................... 84,113 286,256
Benno C. Schmidt, Sr. ............................. 205,944 700,873
John R. Schmidt.................................... 10,839 36,888
John W. Childs..................................... 216,783 737,761
</TABLE>
The shares listed above represented approximately 95% of the ownership of
the partnership at the time of conversion.
In this conversion from partnership to corporate form, WSI Inc. and WPA
Investment L.P., which is an affiliate of WSI Inc., and WEG L.P. and WEG II
L.P., which were affiliates of WSI Inc., acquired an aggregate of 3,329,337
shares of series A common stock and 11,330,457 shares of series A convertible
preferred stock, which represent 53.6% of the shares of series A common stock
and 53.6% of the shares of series A convertible preferred stock issued in this
transaction. In addition, Sprout Capital VI L.P., Sprout Capital VII, L.P., DLJ
Capital Corporation and Sprout CEO Fund, L.P., each of which is affiliated with
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Inc., acquired an aggregate of 2,150,905 shares of
series A common stock and 7,319,997 shares of series A convertible preferred
stock, which represent 34.6% of the shares of series A common stock and 34.6% of
the shares of series A convertible preferred stock issued in this transaction.
Mr. Whittle, our President, Chief Executive Officer and a director, is the
President and sole stockholder of WSI Inc., which controls and is the general
partner of WPA Investment L.P. WSI, Inc. also controlled and was the general
partner of each of WEG L.P. and WEG II L.P. prior to their termination in May
2000. Ms. Bonker, one of our directors, is a partner with Blue Rock Capital,
L.P. Benno C. Schmidt, Sr. is the father of Benno C. Schmidt, Jr., who is our
Chairman of the Board of Directors, and John R. Schmidt is Benno C. Schmidt,
Jr.'s brother. Mr. Childs is one of our directors.
NOVEMBER 1996 FINANCING. In November 1996, we entered into a financing
agreement with certain of our existing stockholders as well as several new
investors, which provided for the following:
- the sale of an aggregate of 9,144,442 shares of series A convertible
preferred stock on November 18, 1996 for a purchase price of $1.50 per
share for an aggregate sale price of $13,716,663;
- the sale of an aggregate of 5,201,135 shares of series C convertible
exchangeable preferred stock on May 1, 1997 for a purchase price of $2.90
per share for an aggregate sale price of $15,083,291;
- the sale of an aggregate of 1,010,101 shares of series B convertible
exchangeable preferred stock for $1.65 per share on February 28, 1997 for
an aggregate sale price of $1,666,666; and
- the sale of one share of series B common stock to WSI Inc., one share of
series C common stock to the Sprout Group, one share of series D common
stock to J.W. Childs Investments L.L.C., one share of series E common
stock to Blue Rock Capital, L.P. and one share of series F common stock
to Richmont Leeds Education Company LLC, each for $1.50 per share. The
shares of
75
<PAGE> 75
series C convertible exchangeable preferred stock issued in the second
installment were subject to price adjustment based on certain performance
criteria, and as a result, additional shares of series C convertible
exchangeable preferred stock were issued on December 18, 1997 for no
additional consideration.
Upon completion of our initial public offering in November 1999, each share
of series B convertible exchangeable preferred stock, series C convertible
exchangeable preferred stock, series B common stock, series C common stock,
series D common stock, series E common stock and series F common stock converted
automatically into 0.45 shares of class A common stock and 0.05 shares of class
B common stock.
The holders of the shares of series B common stock, series C common stock,
series D common stock, series E common stock and series F common stock had
rights to elect members of our Board of Directors. These rights, which
terminated upon completion of our initial public offering in November 1999, were
as follows:
- WSI, through its ownership of the share of series B common stock, was
entitled to elect five representatives to the Board of Directors; Mr.
Whittle, Ms. Eshbaugh, Mr. Delaney, Mr. Weld and another director who has
since resigned were elected as the representatives of the holder of
series B common stock;
- The Sprout Group, through its ownership of the share of series C common
stock, was entitled to elect two representatives to the Board of
Directors; Ms. Hickey and Mr. Finzi were elected as the representatives
of the holder of series C common stock;
- J.W. Childs Investments L.L.C., through its ownership of the share of
series D common stock, was entitled to elect two representatives to the
Board of Directors; Mr. Childs was elected as the representative of the
holder of series D common stock;
- Blue Rock Capital, L.P., through its ownership of the share of series E
common stock, was entitled to elect one representative to the Board of
Directors; Ms. Bonker was elected as the representative of the holder of
series E common stock; and
- Richmont Leeds Education Company LLC, through its ownership of the share
of series F common stock, was entitled to elect one representative to the
Board of Directors; Mr. Leeds was elected as the representative of the
holder of series F common stock.
Shares sold to affiliates in the first investment installment in November
1996:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF SHARES OF SERIES A
NAME OF INVESTOR CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
---------------- ----------------------------
<S> <C>
Blue Rock Capital, L.P...................................... 666,666
Benno C. Schmidt, Sr........................................ 333,333
J.W. Childs Investments L.L.C............................... 4,000,000
Richmont Leeds Education Company LLC........................ 1,666,666
</TABLE>
Mr. Childs, one of our directors, is the managing member of J.W. Childs
Investments L.L.C. Mr. Leeds, one of our directors, is an affiliate of Richmont
Leeds Education Company LLC.
Shares sold to affiliates in the second investment installment in May 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF SHARES OF
SERIES C
CONVERTIBLE EXCHANGEABLE
NAME OF INVESTOR PREFERRED STOCK
---------------- ------------------------
<S> <C>
WEG III L.P................................................. 919,540
Benno C. Schmidt, Sr........................................ 172,413
J.W. Childs Investments L.L.C............................... 2,068,965
Richmont Leeds Education Company LLC........................ 793,103
</TABLE>
76
<PAGE> 76
Mr. Whittle, our President, Chief Executive Officer and a director, is the
President and sole stockholder of WSI Inc., which controlled and was the general
partner of WEG III L.P. prior to its termination in May 2000.
Shares issued to affiliates upon the price adjustment in December 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF SHARES OF
SERIES C
CONVERTIBLE EXCHANGEABLE
NAME OF INVESTOR PREFERRED STOCK
---------------- ------------------------
<S> <C>
WEG III L.P................................................. 186,960
Benno C. Schmidt, Jr........................................ 35,055
J.W. Childs Investments L.L.C............................... 420,661
Richmont Leeds Education Company LLC........................ 175,276
</TABLE>
In the transactions constituting this November 1996 financing, WEG III
L.P., which was affiliated with WSI Inc., purchased 1,010,101 shares of series B
convertible exchangeable preferred stock and 1,106,500 shares of series C
convertible exchangeable preferred stock. These amounts represent 100% of the
series B convertible exchangeable preferred stock and 17.7% of the series C
convertible exchangeable preferred stock issued in these transactions.
DECEMBER 1997 FINANCING. In December 1997, August 1998 and December 1998,
we raised an aggregate of $56,124,880 through the sale of units at a price of
$3.98 per unit to certain of our existing stockholders and several new
investors. Each unit consisted of the following:
- one share of series D convertible preferred stock; a promissory note in
the principal amount of $.114;
- two options each to purchase 0.019191 share of series A common stock
(known as the WSI A option and the Tranche 1 option); and
- one option to purchase 0.028786 share of series A common stock (known as
the Tranche 2 option).
We also issued one share of series G common stock to J.P. Morgan Investment
Corporation and one share of series H common stock to Investor Investments AB
for $3.98 per share. Upon completion of our initial public offering in November
1999, each share of series D convertible preferred stock, series G common stock
and series H common stock converted automatically into 0.45 shares of class A
common stock and 0.05 shares of class B common stock, and each option to
purchase series A common stock converted automatically into an option to
purchase 0.45 shares of class A common stock and 0.05 shares of class B common
stock for every share of series A common stock previously covered by the option.
The holders of the shares of series G common stock and series H common
stock had rights to elect members of our Board of Directors. These rights, which
terminated upon completion of our initial public offering in November 1999, were
as follows:
- J.P. Morgan Investment Corporation, through its ownership of the share of
series G common stock, was entitled to elect two representatives to the
Board of Directors; Mr. Fullerton was elected as the representatives of
the holder of series G common stock; and
- Investor Investments AB, through its ownership of the share of series H
common stock, was entitled to elect one representative to the Board of
Directors; Mr. Hillstrom was elected as the representative of the holder
of series H common stock.
77
<PAGE> 77
Shares sold to affiliates in the first investment installment in December
1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF WSI A TRANCHE 1 TRANCHE 2
SHARES OPTIONS TO OPTIONS TO OPTIONS TO
OF SERIES D PURCHASE PURCHASE PURCHASE PRINCIPAL
CONVERTIBLE SERIES A SERIES A SERIES A AMOUNT OF
PREFERRED COMMON COMMON COMMON PROMISSORY
NAME OF INVESTOR STOCK STOCK STOCK STOCK NOTES
---------------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
WEG III L.P......................... 150,753 2,893 2,893 4,339 $ 17,217
WEG IV L.P.......................... 903,015 17,329 17,329 25,994 103,136
J.P. Morgan Investment
Corporation....................... 1,909,547 36,646 36,646 54,968 216,095
Sixty Wall Street SBIC Fund, L.P.... 100,502 1,928 1,928 2,893 11,478
Investor Investments AB............. 2,010,050 38,574 38,574 57,861 229,573
Richmont Leeds Education Company
LLC............................... 535,233 10,271 10,271 15,407 38,777
</TABLE>
Mr. Whittle, our President, Chief Executive Officer and a director, is the
President and sole stockholder of WSI Inc., which controlled and was the general
partner of WEG IV L.P. prior to its termination in May 2000. Mr. Fullerton, one
of our directors, is an officer of J.P. Morgan Capital Corporation. J.P. Morgan
Investment Corporation and Sixty Wall Street SBIC Fund, L.P. are affiliated with
J.P. Morgan Capital Corporation. Mr. Hillstrom, one of our directors, is an
officer of Investor Investments AB.
Shares sold to affiliates in the second investment installment in August
1998:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF WSI A TRANCHE 1 TRANCHE 2
SHARES OPTIONS TO OPTIONS TO OPTIONS TO
OF SERIES D PURCHASE PURCHASE PURCHASE PRINCIPAL
CONVERTIBLE SERIES A SERIES A SERIES A AMOUNT OF
PREFERRED COMMON COMMON COMMON PROMISSORY
NAME OF INVESTOR STOCK STOCK STOCK STOCK NOTES
---------------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
WEG III L.P. ....................... 100,502 1,928 1,928 2,893 $ 11,478
WEG IV L.P. ........................ 604,522 11,601 11,601 17,401 69,044
WEG V L.P. ......................... 53,322 1,023 1,023 1,534 6,090
J.P. Morgan Investment
Corporation....................... 1,494,479 28,680 28,680 43,020 170,688
Sixty Wall Street SBIC Fund, L.P.... 72,895 1,399 1,399 2,098 8,325
Investor Investments AB............. 1,567,374 30,079 30,079 45,118 179,014
Richmont Leeds Education Company
LLC............................... 163,007 3,128 3,128 4,692 18,617
</TABLE>
Mr. Whittle, our President, Chief Executive Officer and a director, is the
President and sole stockholder of WSI Inc., which controlled and was the general
partner of WEG V L.P. prior to its termination in May 2000.
Shares sold to affiliates in the third investment installment in December
1998:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF WSI A TRANCHE 1 TRANCHE 2
SHARES OPTIONS TO OPTIONS TO OPTIONS TO
OF SERIES D PURCHASE PURCHASE PURCHASE PRINCIPAL
CONVERTIBLE SERIES A SERIES A SERIES A AMOUNT OF
PREFERRED COMMON COMMON COMMON PROMISSORY
NAME OF INVESTOR STOCK STOCK STOCK STOCK NOTES
---------------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
WEG V L.P. ......................... 700,446 13,442 13,442 20,163 $ 80,000
J.P. Morgan Investment
Corporation....................... 1,380,371 26,490 26,490 39,735 157,656
Sixty Wall Street SBIC Fund, L.P.... 67,330 1,292 1,292 1,938 7,689
Investor Investments AB............. 1,447,701 27,782 27,782 41,673 165,346
Richmont Leeds Education Company
LLC............................... 150,561 2,889 2,889 4,334 17,196
</TABLE>
78
<PAGE> 78
In the transactions constituting the December 1997 financing, WEG III L.P.,
WEG IV L.P. and WEG V L.P., which were all affiliated with WSI Inc., purchased
an aggregate of 2,512,560 shares of series D convertible preferred stock,
options to purchase an aggregate of 168,756 shares of series A common stock and
promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $286,965. These amounts
represent 17.8% of the shares of series D convertible preferred stock, 17.8% of
the options to purchase series A common stock and 10.1% of the aggregate
principal amount of promissory notes issued in these transactions. In addition,
J.P. Morgan Investment Corporation and Sixty Wall Street SBIC Fund, L.P., which
are both affiliated with J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., purchased an aggregate of
5,025,124 shares of series D convertible preferred stock, options to purchase an
aggregate of 337,522 shares of series A common stock and promissory notes in the
aggregate principal amount of $571,931. These amounts represent 35.6% of the
shares of series D convertible preferred stock, 35.6% of the options to purchase
series A common stock and 20.1% of the aggregate principal amount of promissory
notes issued in these transactions.
JUNE 1999 FINANCING. In June 1999 and July 1999, we issued shares of
series F convertible preferred stock to certain of our existing stockholders and
several new investors at a price of $6.15 per share. In the same transaction, we
issued 800,000 shares of non-voting series G convertible preferred stock to UBS
Capital XV LLC and one share of series I common stock to Vulcan Ventures
Incorporated at a price of $6.15 per share. Upon completion of our initial
public offering in November 1999, each share of series F convertible preferred
stock, non-voting series G convertible preferred stock and series I common stock
converted automatically into 0.45 shares of class A common stock and 0.05 shares
of class B common stock.
Vulcan Ventures Incorporated, through its ownership of the share of series
I common stock, was entitled prior to our initial public offering to elect one
representative to the Board of Directors. These rights terminated upon
completion of our initial public offering in November 1999 and the
representative of the holder of series I common stock subsequently resigned from
the Board of Directors.
Shares sold to affiliates in the first investment installment in June 1999:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF SHARES
OF SERIES F
NAME OF INVESTOR PREFERRED STOCK
---------------- ----------------
<S> <C>
J.P. Morgan Investment Corporation.......................... 395,280
Sixty Wall Street SBIC Fund, L.P. .......................... 98,820
Investor Investments AB..................................... 494,100
WEG VII L.P. ............................................... 441,069
UBS Capital XV LLC.......................................... 1,773,098
WEG VI L.P. ................................................ 446,011
Leeds II L.P. .............................................. 227,111
</TABLE>
Mr. Whittle, our President, Chief Executive Officer and a director, is the
President and sole stockholder of WSI Inc., which controlled and was the general
partner of each of WEG VI L.P. and WEG VII L.P. prior to their termination in
May 2000. Mr. Delaney, one of our directors, is President of UBS Capital LLC,
which was the managing member of UBS Capital XV LLC prior to its termination in
August 1999. Mr. Leeds, one of our directors, was affiliated with Leeds II L.P.
prior to its termination in May 2000.
79
<PAGE> 79
Shares sold to affiliates in the second investment installment in July
1999:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF SHARES
OF SERIES F
NAME OF INVESTOR PREFERRED STOCK
---------------- ----------------
<S> <C>
WEG V L.P. ................................................. 149,304
WEG VII L.P. ............................................... 75,714
Leeds III L.P. ............................................. 310,457
J.P. Morgan Investment Corporation.......................... 244,419
Sixty Wall Street SBIC Fund, L.P. .......................... 114,413
Investor Investments AB..................................... 358,832
Vulcan Ventures Incorporated................................ 4,878,048
</TABLE>
One of our former directors is Vice President of Vulcan Ventures
Incorporated. Mr. Whittle, our President, Chief Executive Officer and a
director, is the President and sole stockholder of WSI Inc., which was the
general partner of WEG VII L.P. Mr. Leeds, one of our directors, was affiliated
with Leeds III L.P. prior to its termination in May 2000.
In the transactions constituting the June 1999 financing, WEG V L.P., WEG
VI L.P. and WEG VII L.P., all of which were affiliated with WSI Inc., purchased
an aggregate of 1,112,098 shares of series F convertible preferred stock,
representing 10.4% of the shares of series F convertible preferred stock issued
in these transactions. In addition, J.P. Morgan Investment Corporation and Sixty
Wall Street SBIC Fund, L.P., both of which are affiliated with J.P. Morgan
Securities Inc., purchased an aggregate of 852,932 shares of series F
convertible preferred stock, representing 7.9% of the shares of series F
convertible preferred stock issued in these transactions.
In connection with the above transactions relating to purchases of various
classes of our equity securities, on July 2, 1999, we entered into a Third
Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement with our existing stockholders. The
Shareholders Agreement provides for registration rights for our existing
stockholders. The Shareholders Agreement also generally permits the existing
stockholders to have their shares of common stock included in any proposed sale
by any other existing stockholder, if the proposed sale involves more than 5% of
the aggregate number of shares of common stock held by all existing
stockholders. This right to participate in certain sales terminates on November
17, 2001.
POLICY ON FUTURE TRANSACTIONS
The Board of Directors has adopted a policy that all future transactions,
including loans between us and our officers, directors, principal stockholders
and their affiliates will be approved by a majority of the Board of Directors,
including a majority of the independent and disinterested outside member
directors of the Board of Directors, and will be on terms no less favorable to
us than could be obtained from unaffiliated third parties.
80
<PAGE> 80
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
The following tables set forth information regarding beneficial ownership
of our common stock as of June 30, 2000 by:
- each person who owns beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares
of our common stock;
- each of our stockholders selling shares in this offering;
- each director and each executive officer named in the Summary
Compensation Table; and
- all of our directors and executive officers as a group.
Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, all persons named in
the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to their shares of
common stock, except to the extent authority is shared by spouses under
applicable law.
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the
Securities and Exchange Commission. The number of shares beneficially owned by a
person includes shares of common stock subject to options held by that person
that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2000.
The shares issuable pursuant to these options are deemed outstanding for
computing the percentage ownership of the person holding these options but are
not deemed outstanding for the purposes of computing the percentage ownership of
any other person.
The following table sets forth the number of shares of our common stock
beneficially owned by the indicated parties, assuming all shares of class B
common stock were converted into shares of class A common stock.
Except as set forth herein, the business address of the named beneficial
owner is c/o Edison Schools Inc., 521 Fifth Avenue, 15th Floor, New York, New
York 10175.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SHARES OWNED PRIOR SHARES OWNED AFTER
TO OFFERING SHARES OFFERED OFFERING
----------------------- IN THIS -----------------------
NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER NUMBER PERCENTAGE OFFERING(1) NUMBER PERCENTAGE
------------------------------------ ---------- ---------- -------------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
D2F2 Foundation(2)......................... 1,887,500 4.2% 600,000 1,287,500 2.7%
268 Bush Street, PMB No. 4209
San Francisco, CA 94104
Entities associated with the Sprout
Group(3)................................. 4,583,928 10.7 -- 4,583,928 9.8
277 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10172
Investor Investments AB(4)................. 3,130,602 7.3 -- 3,130,602 6.7
320 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10022
J.P. Morgan Investment Corporation(5)...... 2,845,232 6.6 -- 2,845,232 6.1
60 Wall Street, New York, NY 10260
J.W. Childs Investments, L.L.C. ........... 3,244,818 7.5 -- 3,244,818 7.0
1 Federal Street, Boston, MA 02110
WSI Inc.(6)................................ 3,814,395 8.7 -- 3,814,395 8.0
800 South Gay St., Knoxville, TN 37929
Vulcan Ventures Incorporated............... 2,439,027 5.7 -- 2,439,027 5.2
110 110th Avenue N.E.
Bellevue, WA 98004
Benno C. Schmidt, Jr.(7)................... 1,165,577 2.7 -- 1,165,577 2.5
H. Christopher Whittle(8).................. 5,515,063 12.3 -- 5,515,063 11.4
John E. Chubb(9)........................... 182,410 * 25,000 157,410 *
Christopher D. Cerf(10).................... 186,434 * -- 186,434 *
James L. Starr(11)......................... 128,329 * -- 128,329 *
Laura K. Eshbaugh(12)...................... 125,412 * -- 125,412 *
Virginia G. Bonker(13)..................... 518,521 * -- 518,521 *
</TABLE>
(continued on the following page)
81
<PAGE> 81
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SHARES OWNED PRIOR SHARES OWNED AFTER
TO OFFERING SHARES OFFERED OFFERING
----------------------- IN THIS -----------------------
NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER NUMBER PERCENTAGE OFFERING(1) NUMBER PERCENTAGE
------------------------------------ ---------- ---------- -------------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
John W. Childs(14)......................... 3,722,093 8.7 -- 3,722,093 8.0
Ramon C. Cortines.......................... -- -- -- -- --
Charles J. Delaney(15)..................... 1,930,899 4.5 -- 1,930,899 4.1
Robert Finzi(16)........................... 4,583,928 10.7 -- 4,583,928 9.8
John B. Fullerton(17)...................... 2,845,232 6.6 -- 2,845,232 6.1
Janet A. Hickey(18)........................ 4,583,928 10.7 -- 4,583,928 9.8
Klas Hillstrom(19)......................... 3,130,602 7.3 -- 3,130,602 6.7
Jeffrey T. Leeds(20)....................... 131,673 * -- 131,673 *
William F. Weld(21)........................ 1,750 * -- 1,750 *
Manuel J. Rivera(22)....................... 122,566 * 50,000 72,566 *
All executive officers and directors as a
group (23 persons)(23)................... 24,430,265 52.3 75,000 24,355,265 48.4
Nazca Limited Partnership.................. 385,597 * 128,500 257,097 *
Progressive Investment Company, Inc. ...... 1,474,512 3.4 987,740 486,772 1.0
Richmont Capital Partners I, L.P. ......... 513,000 1.2 200,000 313,000 *
RWJ Education Company I, LLC............... 1,388,755 3.2 500,000 888,755 1.9
Zesiger Group(24).......................... 108,760 * 108,760 -- --
</TABLE>
The following table sets forth information regarding the shares of class A
common stock and class B common stock beneficially owned by the indicated party
as of June 30, 2000, after giving effect to the shares to be sold by each party
in this offering:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERCENTAGE OF SHARES
SHARES BENEFICIALLY OWNED BENEFICIALLY
AFTER OFFERING OWNED AFTER OFFERING
------------------------- ---------------------
NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER A COMMON B COMMON A COMMON B COMMON
------------------------------------ ----------- ----------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
D2F2 Foundation......................................... 1,098,750 188,750 2.5% 5.2%
268 Bush Street, PMB No. 4209
San Francisco, CA 94104
Entities associated with the Sprout Group............... 4,125,532 458,396 9.6 13.3
277 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10172
Investor Investments AB................................. 2,817,536 313,066 6.5 9.1
320 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10022
J.P. Morgan Investment Corporation...................... 2,560,701 284,531 5.9 8.3
60 Wall Street, New York, NY 10260
J.W. Childs Investments, L.L.C. ........................ 2,920,334 324,484 6.8 9.4
1 Federal Street, Boston, MA 02110
WSI Inc................................................. 3,296,000 518,395 7.5 14.7
800 South Gay St., Knoxville, TN 37929
Vulcan Ventures Incorporated............................ 2,195,123 243,904 5.1 7.1
110 110th Avenue N.E.
Bellevue, WA 98004
Benno C. Schmidt, Jr.................................... 1,050,794 114,783 2.4 3.3
H. Christopher Whittle.................................. 4,233,305 1,281,758 9.4 35.3
John E. Chubb........................................... 139,169 18,241 * *
Christopher D. Cerf..................................... 167,850 18,584 * *
James L. Starr.......................................... 115,496 12,833 * *
Laura K. Eshbaugh....................................... 114,939 10,473 * *
Virginia G. Bonker...................................... 466,667 51,854 1.1 1.5
John W. Childs.......................................... 3,349,880 372,213 7.8 10.8
</TABLE>
(continued on the following page)
82
<PAGE> 82
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERCENTAGE OF SHARES
SHARES BENEFICIALLY OWNED BENEFICIALLY
AFTER OFFERING OWNED AFTER OFFERING
------------------------- ---------------------
NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER A COMMON B COMMON A COMMON B COMMON
------------------------------------ ----------- ----------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Ramon C. Cortines....................................... -- -- -- --
Charles J. Delaney...................................... 1,753,700 177,199 4.1% 5.2%
Robert Finzi............................................ 4,125,532 458,396 9.6 13.3
John B. Fullerton....................................... 2,560,701 284,531 5.9 8.3
Janet A. Hickey......................................... 4,125,532 458,396 9.6 13.3
Klas Hillstrom.......................................... 2,817,536 313,066 6.5 9.1
Jeffrey T. Leeds........................................ 129,958 1,715 * *
William F. Weld......................................... 1,575 175 * *
Manuel J. Rivera........................................ 60,309 12,257 * *
All executive officers and directors as a group (23
persons).............................................. 21,213,202 3,142,063 45.7 82.5
Nazca Limited Partnership............................... 257,097 -- * --
Progressive Investment Company, Inc. ................... 486,772 -- 1.1 --
Richmont Capital Partners I, L.P. ...................... 313,000 -- * --
RWJ Education Company I, LLC............................ 750,360 138,395 1.7 4.0
Zesiger Group........................................... -- -- -- --
</TABLE>
---------------
* Less than 1%.
(1) If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full,
Progressive Investment Company, Inc. will sell an additional 375,000 shares
of class A common stock.
(2) Consists of 1,698,750 shares of class A common stock and 188,750 shares of
class B common stock issuable upon exercise of a warrant within 60 days of
June 30, 2000.
(3) Consists of 212,274 shares of class A common stock and 23,587 shares of
class B common stock held of record by DLJ Capital Corporation, 1,338,007
shares of class A common stock and 148,669 shares of class B common stock
held of record by Sprout Capital VI, L.P., 2,546,246 shares of class A
common stock and 282,917 shares of class B common stock held of record by
Sprout Capital VII, L.P., and 29,005 shares of class A common stock and
3,223 shares of class B common stock held of record by Sprout CEO Fund,
L.P. Of these shares, 2,190,857 shares of class A common stock and 281,206
shares of class B common stock are subject to a voting trust agreement and
are held and voted by an independent third party as voting trustee.
(4) Includes 86,794 shares of class A common stock and 9,646 shares of class B
common stock issuable upon exercise of options that will be exercisable
within 60 days of June 30, 2000.
(5) Includes 161,478 shares of class A common stock and 17,944 shares of class
B common stock held of record by Sixty Wall Street SBIC Fund, L.P., 82,636
shares of class A common stock and 9,184 shares of class B common stock
issuable upon exercise of options held of record by J.P. Morgan Investment
Corporation that will be exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2000 and
4,160 shares of class A common stock and 464 shares of class B common stock
issuable upon exercise of options held of record by Sixty Wall Street, SBIC
Fund, L.P. that will be exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2000. Does
not include 1,484,233 shares of class A common stock and 975,642 shares of
class B common stock and 1,711,030 shares of class A common stock and
189,746 shares of class B common stock issuable upon exercise of options
that will be exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2000 pledged to Morgan
Guaranty Trust Company of New York, an affiliate of J.P. Morgan Investment
Corporation, by H. Christopher Whittle and WSI Inc., of which 117,500
shares of class A common stock are subject to an option held by Morgan
Guaranty Trust Company of New York. See Footnote 8.
83
<PAGE> 83
(6) Includes 1,462,501 shares of class A common stock and 162,501 shares of
class B common stock held of record by WPA Investment L.P., 337,500 shares
of class A common stock and 37,500 shares of class B common stock held of
record by Whittle Leeds Education Company LLC and 832,596 shares of class A
common stock and 92,512 shares of class B common stock issuable upon
exercise of options that will be exercisable within 60 days of June 30,
2000.
(7) Includes 6,165 shares of class A common stock and 685 shares of class B
common stock held of record by Christina W. Schmidt. Mr. Schmidt disclaims
beneficial ownership of all such shares of common stock. Also includes
674,945 shares of class A common stock and 74,995 shares of class B common
stock issuable upon exercise of options that will be exercisable within 60
days of June 30, 2000. Does not include 6,165 shares of class A common
stock and 685 shares of class B common stock held of record by Elizabeth H.
Schmidt, 9,855 shares of class A common stock and 1,095 shares of class B
common stock held of record by Benno C. Schmidt, III, 21,478 shares of
class A common stock and 2,387 shares of class B common stock held of
record by John R. Schmidt and 1,440 shares of class A common stock and 160
shares of class B common stock held of record by Asher J. Liftin.
(8) Includes 663,403 shares of class A common stock and 225,882 shares of class
B common stock held of record by WSI Inc., 1,462,501 shares of class A
common stock and 162,501 shares of class B common stock held of record by
WPA Investment L.P., 337,500 shares of class A common stock and 37,500
shares of class B common stock held of record by Whittle Leeds Education
Company LLC, 878,100 shares of class A common stock and 97,568 shares of
class B common stock issuable upon exercise of options that will be
exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2000, and 832,596 shares of class A
common stock and 92,512 shares of class B common stock issuable upon
exercise of options held of record by WSI Inc. that will be exercisable
within 60 days of June 30, 2000. H. Christopher Whittle and WSI Inc. have
pledged all of their shares of class A common stock and class B common
stock, including all options to acquire class A common stock and class B
common stock, to Morgan Guaranty Company of New York to secure personal
obligations of Mr. Whittle. Of WSI's shares pledged to Morgan Guaranty
Trust Company of New York, 117,500 shares of class A common stock are also
subject to an option held by Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York.
(9) Consists of 164,169 shares of class A common stock and 18,241 shares of
class B common stock issuable upon exercise of options that will be
exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2000.
(10) Consists of 167,250 shares of class A common stock and 18,584 shares of
class B common stock issuable upon exercise of options that will be
exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2000, and 600 shares of class A
common held by a trust for the benefit of Mr. Cerf's children.
(11) Consists of 115,496 shares of class A common stock and 12,833 shares of
class B common stock issuable upon exercise of options that will be
exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2000.
(12) Includes 94,250 shares of class A common stock and 10,473 shares of class B
common stock issuable upon exercise of options that will be exercisable
within 60 days of June 30, 2000.
(13) Consists 466,667 shares of class A common stock and 51,854 shares of class
B common stock held of record by Blue Rock Capital, L.P.
(14) Includes 2,920,334 shares of class A common stock and 324,484 shares of
class B common stock held of record by J.W. Childs Investments, L.L.C.
(15) Consists of 1,753,700 shares of class A common stock and 177,199 shares of
class B common stock held of record by UBS Capital L.L.C.
(16) Consists of 212,274 shares of class A common stock and 23,587 shares of
class B common stock held of record by DLJ Capital Corporation, 1,338,007
shares of class A common stock and 148,669 shares of class B common stock
held of record by Sprout Capital VI, L.P., 2,546,246 shares of class A
common stock and 282,917 shares of class B common stock held of record by
Sprout Capital VII, L.P., and 29,005 shares of class A common stock and
3,223 shares of class B common stock held of record by Sprout CEO Fund,
L.P.
84
<PAGE> 84
(17) Consists of 2,312,427 shares of class A common stock and 256,939 shares of
class B common stock held of record by J.P. Morgan Investment Corporation,
161,478 shares of class A common stock and 17,944 shares of class B common
stock held of record by Sixty Wall Street SBIC Fund, L.P., 82,636 shares of
class A common stock and 9,184 shares of class B common stock issuable upon
exercise of options held of record by J.P. Morgan Investment Corporation
that will be exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2000 and 4,160 shares
of class A common stock and 464 shares of class B common stock issuable
upon exercise of options held of record by Sixty Wall Street SBIC Fund,
L.P. that will be exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2000. Does not
include 1,129,467 shares of class A common stock and 928,517 shares of
class B common stock and 1,707,696 shares of class A common stock and
189,746 shares of class B common stock issuable upon exercise of options
that will be exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2000 pledged to Morgan
Guaranty Trust Company of New York, an affiliate of J.P. Morgan Investment
Corporation, by H. Christopher Whittle and WSI Inc, of which 117,500 shares
of class A common stock are subject to an option held by Morgan Guaranty
Trust Company of New York.
(18) Consists of 212,274 shares of class A common stock and 23,587 shares of
class B common stock held of record by DLJ Capital Corporation, 1,338,007
shares of class A common stock and 148,669 shares of class B common stock
held of record by Sprout Capital VI, L.P., 2,546,246 shares of class A
common stock and 282,917 shares of class B common stock held of record by
Sprout Capital VII, L.P., and 29,005 shares of class A common stock and
3,223 shares of class B common stock held of record by Sprout CEO Fund,
L.P.
(19) Consists of 2,730,742 shares of class A common stock and 303,420 shares of
class B common stock held of record by Investor Investments AB and 86,794
shares of class A common stock and 9,646 shares of class B common stock
issuable upon exercise of options held of record by Investor Investments AB
that will be exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2000.
(20) Includes 758 shares of class A common stock and 86 shares of class B common
stock issuable upon exercise of options that will be exercisable within 60
days of June 30, 2000, and 1,060 shares of class A common stock held of
record by Richmont Leeds Education Company L.L.C. and 14,660 shares of
class A common stock and 1,629 shares of class B common stock issuable upon
exercise of options held of record by Richmont Leeds Education Company
L.L.C. that will be exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2000. Mr. Leeds
is affiliated with Richmont Leeds Education Company L.L.C.
(21) Consists of 1,575 shares of class A common stock and 175 shares of class B
common stock issuable upon exercise of options that will be exercisable
within 60 days of June 30, 2000.
(22) Consists of 110,309 shares of class A common stock and 12,257 shares of
class B common stock issuable upon exercise of options that will be
exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2000.
(23) Includes an aggregate of 125,791 shares of class A common stock and 13,985
shares of class B common stock issuable upon exercise of options
exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2000. Also includes other shares
described in footnotes 7 through 22 above.
(24) Consists of Trustees of Amherst College, which is selling all of the 36,525
shares of class A common stock and 4,059 shares of class B common stock it
owned prior to the offering, Brearly School Endowment Fund, which is
selling all of the 12,416 shares of class A common stock and 1,380 shares
of class B common stock it owned prior to the offering, Elizabeth H.
Mandell Trust for the benefit of Peter Mandell, which is selling all of the
6,208 shares of class A common stock and 690 shares of class B common stock
it owned prior to the offering, Elizabeth H. Mandell Trust for the benefit
of Olivia Mandell, which is selling all of the 6,208 shares of class A
common stock and 690 shares of class B common stock it owned prior to the
offering, and Tab Products Company Pension Plan, which is selling all of
the 36,525 shares of class A common stock and 4,059 shares of class B
common stock it owned prior to the offering.
85
<PAGE> 85
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
Our authorized capital stock consists of 150,000,000 shares of class A
common stock, $.01 par value per share, 5,000,000 shares of class B common
stock, $.01 par value per share, and 5,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred
stock, $.01 par value per share. The following is a summary of the material
features of our capital stock. For more detail, please see our amended and
restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws, filed as
exhibits to the Registration Statement of which this prospectus is a part.
COMMON STOCK
As of June 30, 2000, we had 43,163,775 shares of class A common stock and
3,437,976 shares of class B common stock outstanding held of record by 187
stockholders.
Our common stock is divided into two classes, class A common stock and
class B common stock. Holders of class A common stock and class B common stock
have identical rights, except that the holders of class A common stock are
entitled to one vote per share held of record and holders of class B common
stock are entitled to ten votes per share held of record on all matters
submitted to a vote of the stockholders, other than the election of directors.
In addition, beginning with the annual meeting of stockholders in the fall of
2000, the holders of class B common stock will have the right, as a separate
class, to elect four of the 11 members of our board of directors and holders of
class A common stock will have the right, as a separate class, to elect the
remaining seven directors. Holders of both class A common stock and class B
common stock have cumulative voting rights in the election of their respective
directors. Holders of class A common stock and holders of class B common stock
vote together as a single class on all other matters presented to the
stockholders for their vote or approval, except as may otherwise be required by
Delaware law.
Cumulative voting means that a stockholder may, in the election of
directors, cast a total number of votes equal to the number of directors to be
elected multiplied by the number of shares held by the stockholder. The
stockholder may cumulate these votes and cast them all for one candidate or may
allocate them among candidates as the stockholder sees fit. For example, a
stockholder holding 100 shares of class A common stock will be entitled at the
annual election of the class A directors to cast 700 votes. This stockholder
could cast these votes in any combination, including all 700 votes for one
nominee or 100 votes for each of seven nominees. Cumulative voting is intended
to provide holders of smaller blocks of stock with more meaningful influence in
the election of directors than they would have without cumulative voting.
Each share of class B common stock is convertible at any time, at the
option of the holder, into one share of class A common stock. Each share of
class B common stock will convert automatically into one share of class A common
stock upon transfer, with limited exceptions for transfers to related parties,
estate-planning transfers, certain permitted pledges and transfers to Mr.
Whittle, our President, Chief Executive Officer and a director, or entities
affiliated with Mr. Whittle. In addition, all of a stockholder's shares of class
B common stock will convert automatically into shares of class A common stock on
a one-for-one basis if the stockholder and its affiliates transfer securities
representing more than 50% of their aggregate holdings of Edison's securities as
of the date of our initial public offering in November 1999, excluding shares of
any class of our stock purchasable upon the exercise of options, to a person or
entity that is not a related party on the date of the transfer. In addition, all
remaining outstanding shares of class B common stock will automatically convert
into shares of class A common stock on a one-for-one basis upon the earlier to
occur of (1) November 17, 2011 and (2) the date upon which fewer than 90,025
shares of class B common stock in the aggregate are outstanding.
Once converted to class A common stock, the class B common stock will be
cancelled and not reissued. None of either the class A common stock or the class
B common stock may be subdivided or combined unless the shares of the other
class are subdivided or combined in the same proportion. The class B common
stock is not being registered as part of this offering and currently we have no
plans to do so in the future.
86
<PAGE> 86
Holders of both class A common stock and class B common stock are entitled
to receive ratably dividends, if any, as our Board of Directors may declare out
of legally available funds, subject to preferences that may be applicable to any
preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future. We may not make
any dividend or distribution to any holder of either class of common stock
unless simultaneously with such dividend or distribution we make the same
dividend or distribution with respect to each outstanding share of the other
class of common stock. In the case of a dividend or other distribution payable
in shares of a class of common stock, including distributions pursuant to stock
splits or divisions of common stock, only shares of class A common stock may be
distributed with respect to class A common stock and only shares of class B
common stock may be distributed with respect to class B common stock. Whenever a
dividend or distribution, including distributions pursuant to stock splits or
divisions of the common stock, is payable in shares of a class of common stock,
the number of shares of each class of common stock payable per shares of such
class of common stock shall be equal in number. In the event of a liquidation,
dissolution, or winding up of Edison, holders of class A common stock and
holders of class B common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net
assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after payment of all
of our liabilities and the liquidation preferences of any preferred stock that
we may designate and issue in the future. Holders of class A common stock and
holders of class B common stock have no preemptive rights, subscription rights
or conversion rights, except as described above. There are no redemption or
sinking fund provisions applicable to the class A common stock or the class B
common stock. All outstanding shares of class A and class B common stock are,
and the shares of class A common stock sold in this offering when issued and
paid for will be, fully paid and non-assessable.
In the event of a merger or consolidation of Edison with or into another
entity (whether or not Edison is the surviving entity), the holders of class A
common stock shall be entitled to receive the same per-share consideration as
the per-share consideration, if any, received by any holder of the class B
common stock in such merger or consolidation.
No additional shares of class B common stock may be issued except (a) upon
the exercise of stock options or warrants existing upon the closing of this
offering or (b) in connection with a stock split or stock dividend on the class
B common stock in which the class A common stock is similarly split or receives
a similar dividend.
The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of class A common stock
and holders of class B common stock are subject to the rights of the holders of
shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the
future.
The class A common stock is listed on The Nasdaq Stock Market's National
Market under the symbol "EDSN."
UNDESIGNATED PREFERRED STOCK
The Board of Directors is authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed
by law, without further stockholder approval, to issue up to an aggregate of
5,000,000 shares of preferred stock. This preferred stock may be issued in one
or more series and on one or more occasions. Each series of preferred stock
shall have such number of shares, designations, preferences, voting powers,
qualifications and special or relative rights or privileges as the Board of
Directors may determine. These rights and privileges may include, among others,
dividend rights, voting rights, redemption provisions, liquidation preferences,
conversion rights and preemptive rights.
Our stockholders have granted the Board of Directors authority to issue
this preferred stock in order to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder
vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing
desirable flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other
corporate purposes, could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of
the holders of common stock. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could
make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, or discourage a third
party from attempting to acquire us.
87
<PAGE> 87
WARRANTS
In December 1997, August 1998 and December 1998, we issued options which
currently represent the right to purchase 121,775 shares of class A common stock
and 13,531 shares of class B common stock. All of these options are exercisable
in full.
In December 1997, August 1998 and December 1998, we issued options which
currently represent the right to purchase 121,775 shares of class A common stock
and 13,531 shares of class B common stock at an exercise price of $20.00 per
share. All of these options are exercisable in full.
In December 1997, August 1998 and December 1998, we issued options which
currently represent the right to purchase 182,663 shares of class A common stock
and 20,296 shares of class B common stock. All of these options will become
exercisable after our class A common stock has been publicly traded with closing
prices above $32.00 per share for 90 consecutive days.
In October 1999, we issued a warrant to an equipment leasing firm which
currently represents the right to purchase up to 13,500 shares of class A common
stock and 1,500 shares of class B common stock at an exercise price of $12.30
per share. This warrant expires on October 18, 2004.
In June 1998, we issued a warrant to the D2F2 Foundation which currently
represents the right to purchase up to 1,698,750 shares of class A common stock
and 188,750 shares of class B common stock at an exercise price of $7.96 per
share. This warrant expires on June 1, 2005. The D2F2 Foundation has indicated
that it will partially exercise this warrant to purchase 600,000 shares of class
A common stock, which it will sell in this offering.
DELAWARE LAW AND ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS
We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the General Corporation
Law of Delaware. Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from
engaging in a "business combination" with an "interested stockholder" for a
period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person
became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in
a prescribed manner. A "business combination" includes mergers, consolidations,
asset sales and other transactions involving Edison and an interested
stockholder. In general, an "interested stockholder" is a person who, together
with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years did own, 15% or more
of the corporation's voting stock.
The certificate of incorporation provides that a director may be removed
only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of 80% of the shares of
the class of common stock that elected that director. Any vacancy on the Board
of Directors may only be filled by a vote of a majority of the directors then in
office. The limitation on removal of directors and filling of vacancies could
make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or discourage a third party
from acquiring, control of Edison.
The certificate of incorporation also provides that any action required or
permitted to be taken by our stockholders at an annual meeting or special
meeting of stockholders may only be taken if it is properly brought before the
meeting and may not be taken by written action in lieu of a meeting. Special
meetings of the stockholders may only be called by the Chairman of the Board,
the President or the Board of Directors. In order for any matter to be
considered properly brought before an annual meeting of stockholders, a
stockholder must comply with advance notice and information disclosure
requirements specified in the certificate of incorporation. These provisions
could have the effect of delaying until the next annual stockholders meeting
stockholder actions which are favored by the holders of a majority of our
outstanding voting securities. These provisions could also discourage a third
party from making a tender offer for the class A common stock, because even if
it acquired a majority of our outstanding voting securities, the third party
would be able to take action as a stockholder (such as electing new directors or
approving a merger) only at a duly called annual stockholders' meeting, and not
by written consent.
Delaware corporate law provides generally that the affirmative vote of a
majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a
corporation's certificate of incorporation or by-laws, unless
88
<PAGE> 88
the certificate of incorporation or by-laws, as the case may be, requires a
greater percentage. Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws require the
affirmative vote of holders of at least 80% of the class A common stock and 80%
of the class B common stock entitled to vote to amend or repeal any of the
provisions described in the prior two paragraphs.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION
Our certificate of incorporation provides that our directors and officers
shall be indemnified by us to the fullest extent authorized by Delaware law.
This indemnification would cover all expenses and liabilities reasonably
incurred in connection with their services for or on behalf of us. In addition,
our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our
directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages to us for breaches
of their fiduciary duty as directors, unless they violated their duty of loyalty
to us or our stockholders, acted in bad faith, knowingly or intentionally
violated the law, authorized illegal dividends or redemptions or derived an
improper personal benefit from their action as directors.
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
Pursuant to an agreement entered into among us and the holders of some of
our outstanding class A and class B common stock, stockholders holding an
aggregate of 24,578,324 shares of class A and class B common stock, including
shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants,
following completion of this offering will be entitled to certain rights with
respect to the registration of such shares (or, in the case of shares of class B
common stock, the shares of class A common stock into which such shares may be
converted) under the Securities Act. At any time, these stockholders may request
that we file a registration statement that covers the sale of the shares of
class A common stock held by the investors, if:
- the number of shares sought to be registered is at least 2,330,088, or
- the proposed aggregate offering price would be at least $10 million.
These investors may request that we register our class A common stock for resale
on an unlimited number of occasions. In addition, if we propose to register any
of our securities under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for
the account of other security holders, the investors described above and other
additional investors holding 7,770,922 shares of our class A or class B common
stock, including shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of
outstanding warrants and options, are entitled to notice of the registration and
to include shares of class A common stock in the registration at our expense.
All of these registration rights are subject to conditions and limitations,
among them the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included
in the registration.
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
The transfer agent and registrar for the common stock is Continental Stock
Transfer & Trust Company.
89
<PAGE> 89
UNDERWRITING
GENERAL
We and the selling stockholders intend to offer the shares of our class A
common stock through the underwriters listed below. Subject to the terms and
conditions described in a purchase agreement among us, the selling stockholders
and the underwriters, we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the
underwriters, and each of the underwriters severally have agreed to purchase
from us and the selling stockholders the number of shares of class A common
stock set forth opposite its name below.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER
OF SHARES
UNDERWRITER ---------
<S> <C>
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated................................... 1,375,000
Banc of America Securities LLC.............................. 1,375,000
Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation...................... 1,375,000
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation......... 687,500
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.................................. 687,500
---------
Total.......................................... 5,500,000
=========
</TABLE>
The underwriters have agreed to purchase all of the shares of class A
common stock sold under the purchase agreement if any of these shares are
purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the purchase agreement provides that the
purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the
purchase agreement may be terminated.
We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters
against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or
to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect to
those liabilities.
The underwriters are offering the shares of class A common stock, subject
to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to
approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the
shares, and other conditions contained in the purchase agreement, such as the
receipt by the underwriters of officer's certificates and legal opinions. The
underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the
public and to reject orders in whole or in part.
OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION
We and one of the selling stockholders have granted options to the
underwriters to purchase up to 825,000 additional shares of class A common stock
at the public offering price less the underwriting discount. The underwriters
may exercise these options for 30 days from the date of the prospectus solely to
cover over-allotments. If the underwriters exercise these options, each will be
obligated, subject to conditions contained in the purchase agreement, to
purchase, first from the selling stockholder, then from us, a number of
additional shares of class A common stock proportionate to that underwriter's
initial amount reflected in the above table.
COMMISSIONS AND DISCOUNTS
The representatives have advised us and the selling stockholders that the
underwriters propose initially to offer the shares of class A common stock to
the initial public at the public offering price on the cover page of this
prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $.72
per share of class A common stock. The underwriters may allow, and the dealers
may reallow, a discount not in excess of $.10 per share of class A common stock
to other dealers. After the initial public offering, the public offering price,
concession and discount may change.
90
<PAGE> 90
The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount
and proceeds before expenses to us and the selling stockholders. The information
assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their
over-allotment options.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PER WITHOUT WITH
SHARE OPTION OPTION
----- ------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Public offering price........................ $22.875 $125,812,500 $144,684,375
Underwriting discount........................ $1.20 $6,600,000 $7,590,000
Proceeds, before expenses, to Edison......... $21.675 $62,857,500 $72,611,250
Proceeds, to the selling stockholders........ $21.675 $56,355,000 $64,483,125
Other items(1)............................... $200,000 $200,000
</TABLE>
(1) Represents payments to an affiliate of J.P. Morgan in connection with a put
option sold to one of the selling stockholders which may be considered to be
underwriting compensation under the rules of the NASD. This affiliate of
J.P. Morgan may also receive an additional $2.00 per share for each share
put to it in the event the put option is exercised. See
"Underwriting -- Other Relationships."
We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares by the
selling stockholders.
The expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting discount, are
estimated at $1.0 million and are payable by us set forth in the following
table:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
SEC registration fee........................................ $36,490
NASD filing fee............................................. 13,353
Printing and engraving expenses............................. 200,000
Legal fees and expenses..................................... 300,000
Accounting fees and expenses................................ 250,000
Blue Sky fees and expenses (including legal fees)........... 10,000
Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses.............. 10,000
Miscellaneous............................................... 180,157
----------
Total..................................................... $1,000,000
==========
</TABLE>
NO SALES OF SIMILAR SECURITIES
We and our executive officers and directors, the selling stockholders, and
stockholders holding shares of common stock, holders of options to
purchase shares of common stock and warrantholders holding warrants to purchase
31,070,784 shares of common stock, have agreed, with exceptions, not to sell or
transfer any common stock for 90 days after the date of this prospectus without
first obtaining written consent of Merrill Lynch. Specifically, we and these
stockholders, optionholders and warrantholders have agreed not to directly or
indirectly.
- offer, pledge sell or contract to sell any shares of class A common
stock;
- sell any option or contract to purchase any shares of class A common
stock;
- purchase any option or contract to sell any shares of class A common
stock;
- grant any option right or warrant for the sale of any shares of class A
common stock;
- lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of class A common
stock;
- request or demand that we file a registration statement related to class
A common stock; or
- enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in
part, the economic consequences of ownership of the class A common stock
whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of
class A common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise.
91
<PAGE> 91
This lock-up provision applies to class A common stock and to securities
convertible into or exchangeable for or repayable with class A common stock. It
also applied to common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing
the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the
power of disposition.
In addition, on May 8, 2000 we entered into similar lock-up agreements with
the holders of 38,177,033 shares of common stock. These lock-up agreements
expire on August 7, 2000. 31,070,784 of the shares covered by these lock-up
agreements will also be covered by the underwriter's lock-up agreements
described above.
QUOTATION ON THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET
The shares of class A common stock are quoted on the Nasdaq National Market
under the symbol "EDSN."
NASD REGULATIONS
Sprout Capital VI, L.P. Sprout Capital VII, L.P., The Sprout CEO Fund, L.P.
and DLJ Capital Corporation (collectively, the "Sprout Entities") are affiliates
of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, one of the underwriters.
As described under "Principal and Selling Stockholders," the Sprout Entities
beneficially own an aggregate of 4,125,532 shares of the outstanding class A
common stock and 458,396 shares of the outstanding class B common stock, which
represent more than 10% of the outstanding class A and class B common stock. Of
these shares, 2,190,857 shares of class A common stock and 281,206 shares of
class B common stock are subject to a voting trust agreement and are held and
voted by an independent third party as voting trustee. For additional
information concerning the Sprout Entities' ownership of Edison's capital stock,
see "Related Party Transactions."
Because the Sprout Entities affiliated with Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette
Securities Corporation beneficially own more than 10% of the outstanding class A
and class B common stock, the offering will be conducted in accordance with
Conduct Rule 2720 of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. The
underwriters will not confirm sales of shares of class A common stock to any
account over which they exercise discretionary authority without the prior
specific approval of the customer.
Two representatives of the Sprout Entities serve on Edison's Board of
Directors. See "Management."
PRICE STABILIZATION AND SHORT POSITIONS
Until the distribution of the class A common stock is completed, SEC rules
may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing
our class A common stock. However, the representatives may engage in
transactions that stabilize the price of the class A common stock, such as bids
or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.
If the underwriters create a short position in the class A common stock in
connection with the offering, i.e., if they sell more shares of class A common
stock than are listed on the cover page of this prospectus, the representatives
may reduce that short position by purchasing shares of class A common stock in
the open market. The representatives may also elect to reduce any short position
by exercising all or part of the over-allotment option described above.
Purchaser of the class A common stock to stabilize its price or to reduce a
short position may cause the price of the common stock to be higher than it
might be in the absence of such purchases.
Neither we nor any of the underwriters makes any representation or
prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions
described above may have on the price of the class A common stock. In addition,
neither we nor any of the underwriters makes any representation that the
representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions,
once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.
92
<PAGE> 92
PASSIVE MARKET MAKING
In connection with this offering, underwriters and selling group members
may engage in passive market making transactions in the class A common stock on
the Nasdaq National Market in accordance with Rule 103 of the Regulation M under
the Exchange Act during a period before the commencement of offers or sales of
class A common stock and extending through the completion of distribution. A
passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the
highest independent bid of that security. However, if all independent bids are
lowered below the passive market maker's bid, that bid must then be lowered when
specified purchase limits are exceeded.
OTHER RELATIONSHIPS
Merrill Lynch, Banc of America Securities LLC, Credit Suisse First Boston
Corporation, Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation and J.P. Morgan
Securities Inc. acted as underwriters for our November 1999 initial public
offering and Merrill Lynch, Banc of America and J.P. Morgan acted as placement
agents in connection with private placements of our capital stock. Affiliates of
J.P. Morgan are our stockholders and one representative of these affiliates
serves on our Board of Directors. See "Management," "Principal and Selling
Stockholders" and "Related Party Transactions."
On May 26, 2000, J.P. Morgan Capital Corporation, an affiliate of J.P.
Morgan, sold a put option on an aggregate of 200,000 shares of our class A
common stock to one of the selling stockholders for an aggregate consideration
of $200,000, which allows the selling stockholder to put the shares to J.P.
Morgan Capital Corporation at a price of $17.00 per share. The put option is
exercisable on August 7, 2000. The number of shares subject to the put option
will be reduced to the extent this selling stockholder otherwise sells shares,
including in this offering, prior to August 7, 2000. Mr. Whittle agreed to
reimburse J.P. Morgan Capital Corporation $2.00 for each share put to it
pursuant to the put option described above. Two of our other stockholders sold
similar put options to the same selling stockholder on an aggregate of 300,000
shares of our class A common stock.
93
<PAGE> 93
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the shares of class A common stock we are offering will be
passed upon for us by Hale and Dorr LLP, Washington, D.C. Certain legal matters
in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by
Debevoise & Plimpton, New York, New York.
EXPERTS
Our financial statements as of June 30, 1998 and 1999 and for each of the
three years in the period ended June 30, 1999 included in this prospectus have
been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP,
independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in
auditing and accounting.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration
statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the class A
common stock to be sold in this offering. This prospectus, which constitutes
part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set
forth in the registration statement. For further information about us and our
class A common stock, we refer you to the registration statement and the
exhibits filed or incorporated by reference as a part of the registration
statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any
contract or other document filed or incorporated by reference as an exhibit to
the registration statement are not necessarily complete. If a contract or
document has been filed or incorporated by reference as an exhibit to the
registration statement, we refer you to the copy of the contract or document
that has been filed. The registration statement may be inspected without charge
at the principal office of the Securities and Exchange Commission in Washington,
D.C. and copies of all or any part of which may be inspected and copied at the
public reference facilities maintained by the Securities and Exchange Commission
at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Judiciary Plaza, Room 1024, Washington, D.C. 20549,
and at the Commission's regional offices located at Citicorp Center, 500 West
Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661-2511 and 7 World Trade
Center, Suite 1300, New York, New York 10048. You can obtain information on the
operation of the public reference facilities maintained by the Commission by
calling 1-800-SEC-0330. Copies of such material can also be obtained at
prescribed rates by mail from the Public Reference Section of the Commission at
450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. In addition, the Securities and
Exchange Commission maintains a website (http://www.sec.gov) that contains
reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding
registrants that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange
Commission.
94
<PAGE> 94
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
Report of Independent Accountants........................... F-2
Balance Sheets as of June 30, 1998 and 1999 and (unaudited)
as of March 31, 2000...................................... F-3
Statements of Operations for the years ended June 30, 1997,
1998 and 1999 and (unaudited) for the nine months ended
March 31, 1999 and 2000................................... F-4
Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the years
ended June 30, 1997, 1998 and 1999 and (unaudited) for the
nine months ended March 31, 2000.......................... F-5
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended June 30, 1997,
1998 and 1999 and (unaudited) for the nine months ended
March 31, 1999 and 2000................................... F-6
Notes to Financial Statements............................... F-7
</TABLE>
F-1
<PAGE> 95
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
To the Board of Directors of
Edison Schools Inc.:
In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheets and the related statements
of operations, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Edison Schools Inc. (the
"Company") at June 30, 1998 and 1999, and the results of its operations and its
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 1999, in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management;
our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based
on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with
auditing standards generally accepted in the United States, which require that
we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the
financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for the opinion expressed above.
As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company, in
accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 20 "Accounting Changes,"
has retroactively expensed all start up costs that had been previously deferred.
PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
New York, New York
August 13, 1999, except for footnote
No. 15(a) which is dated October 5,
1999, 15(b) which is dated October 15,
1999, and 15(c) which is dated
November 17, 1999
F-2
<PAGE> 96
EDISON SCHOOLS INC.
BALANCE SHEETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JUNE 30,
---------------------------- MARCH 31,
1998 1999 2000
------------ ------------ -------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS:
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents................................. $ 7,491,644 $ 27,922,576 $ 81,036,071
Accounts receivable....................................... 9,027,283 12,034,962 31,447,459
Notes and other receivables............................... 712,325 9,711,772 17,087,269
Other current assets...................................... 816,164 1,439,920 3,834,253
------------ ------------ -------------
Total current assets............................... 18,047,416 51,109,230 133,405,052
Property and equipment, net................................. 31,642,444 42,871,238 80,654,626
Restricted cash............................................. 3,972,000 2,431,416 2,665,543
Notes and other receivables, less current portion........... 838,520 3,893,084 4,387,167
Stockholder notes receivable................................ 2,359,456 2,478,056 7,281,174
Other assets................................................ 1,434,487 4,086,887 12,975,636
------------ ------------ -------------
Total assets....................................... $ 58,294,323 $106,869,911 $ 241,369,198
============ ============ =============
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Current liabilities:
Current portion of long term debt......................... $ 4,601,683 $ 6,660,789 $ 8,974,073
Accounts payable.......................................... 3,845,958 12,014,443 6,622,199
Accrued expenses.......................................... 6,914,934 9,799,721 17,803,169
------------ ------------ -------------
Total current liabilities.......................... 15,362,575 28,474,953 33,399,441
Long term debt, less current portion........................ 6,877,425 8,263,824 11,261,259
Stockholders' notes payable................................. 5,672,155 6,610,594 6,610,594
Other liabilities........................................... 1,191,864 478,128 512,246
------------ ------------ -------------
Total liabilities.................................. 29,104,019 43,827,499 51,783,540
------------ ------------ -------------
Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)
Stockholders' equity:
Preferred stock:
Series A-G, par value $.01; 70,105,972 and 77,931,054
shares authorized in 1998 and 1999, respectively;
21,724,147 and 28,211,173 shares issued and
outstanding in 1998 and 1999, respectively (aggregate
liquidation preference of $85,219,974, and
$146,990,753 in 1998 and 1999, respectively); no
shares authorized, issued or outstanding in 2000...... 494,937 1,586,269 --
Undesignated, par value $.01; 5,000,000 shares
authorized, no shares issued or outstanding in 2000... -- -- --
Common stock:
Series A-I and non-voting common, par value $.01;
99,468,096 and 107,293,178 shares authorized in 1998
and 1999, respectively; 3,107,356 shares issued and
outstanding in 1998 and 1999; no shares authorized,
issued or outstanding in 2000......................... 31,074 31,074 --
Class A common, par value $.01; 150,000,000 shares
authorized in 2000; 39,068,447 shares issued and
outstanding in 2000................................... -- -- 390,684
Class B common, par value $.01; 5,000,000 shares
authorized in 2000; 3,528,543 shares issued and
outstanding in 2000................................... 35,285
Additional paid-in capital................................ 59,035,198 146,190,334 301,537,487
Unearned stock-based compensation......................... (874,987) (5,836,556) (3,422,434)
Accumulated deficit....................................... (29,495,918) (78,928,709) (106,780,364)
Stockholder note receivable............................... -- -- (2,175,000)
------------ ------------ -------------
Total stockholders' equity......................... 29,190,304 63,042,412 189,585,658
------------ ------------ -------------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity......... $ 58,294,323 $106,869,911 $ 241,369,198
============ ============ =============
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-3
<PAGE> 97
EDISON SCHOOLS INC.
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NINE MONTHS
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, ENDED MARCH 31,
-------------------------------------------- ----------------------------
1997 1998 1999 1999 2000
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenue from educational
services...................... $ 38,559,233 $ 69,406,841 $132,762,491 $ 95,970,991 $164,277,801
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Education and operating
expenses:
Direct site expenses.......... 32,149,738 59,576,224 114,096,875 81,910,839 142,237,913
Administration, curriculum and
development................. 12,755,088 18,257,818 49,984,180 22,390,829 29,889,178
Depreciation and
amortization................ 3,552,440 7,231,628 12,525,904 9,264,770 14,856,463
Preopening expenses........... 1,486,740 2,485,813 5,457,113 3,451,745 5,545,826
Design team compensation...... -- 2,723,902 -- -- --
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Total education and
operating expenses.... 49,944,006 90,275,385 182,064,072 117,018,183 192,529,380
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Loss from operations............ (11,384,773) (20,868,544) (49,301,581) (21,047,192) (28,251,579)
Other income (expense):
Equity in loss of
unconsolidated entity....... -- -- -- -- (1,310,939)
Interest income............... 490,599 842,010 3,481,682 3,087,509 4,285,009
Interest expense.............. (527,421) (1,761,821) (3,244,782) (2,149,883) (2,571,120)
Loss on disposal of property
and equipment............... -- (126,500) (368,110) (52,263) (3,026)
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Total other............. (36,822) (1,046,311) (131,210) 885,363 399,924
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Net loss........................ $(11,421,595) $(21,914,855) $(49,432,791) $(20,161,829) $(27,851,655)
============ ============ ============ ============ ============
Net loss attributable to common
stockholders:
Net loss...................... $(11,421,595) $(21,914,855) $(49,432,791) $(20,161,829) $(27,851,655)
Dividends declared on
preferred stock............. -- (4,290,200) -- -- --
Preferred stock accretion..... -- (277,694) (1,026,462) (770,000) --
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Net loss attributable to
common stockholders... $(11,421,595) $(26,482,749) $(50,459,253) $(20,931,829) $(27,851,655)
============ ============ ============ ============ ============
Per common share data:
Basic and diluted net loss per
share....................... $ (3.68) $ (8.52) $ (16.24) $ (6.74) $ (1.23)
============ ============ ============ ============ ============
Weighted average shares of
common stock outstanding
used in computing basic and
diluted net loss per
share....................... 3,107,355 3,107,356 3,107,356 3,107,356 22,708,147
============ ============ ============ ============ ============
Pro forma per share data:
Pro forma basic and diluted
net loss per share.......... $ (1.77) $ (.73)
============ ============
Pro forma weighted average
shares outstanding used in
computing basic and diluted
net loss per share.......... 27,858,515 38,372,066
============ ============
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements
F-4
<PAGE> 98
EDISON SCHOOLS INC.
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997, 1998 AND 1999
AND (UNAUDITED) FOR THE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2000
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PREFERRED STOCK COMMON STOCK
------------------------ ------------------------
SERIES A-G SERIES A-I
PARTNERS' ------------------------ ------------------------
CONTRIBUTIONS SHARES AMOUNT SHARES AMOUNT
------------- ----------- ---------- ---------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balances, June 30, 1996............................ $ 71,877,070
Partner contributions -- Edison Project LP......... 1,224,965
Net loss for the period from July 1, 1996 through
November 18, 1996.................................
Effect of reorganization........................... (73,102,035) 10,574,997 $ 105,750 3,107,355 $ 31,074
Issuance of Series A, B and C preferred stock,
net............................................... 7,677,840 76,780
Deferred compensation related to stock options.....
Stock-based compensation...........................
Net loss for the period from November 19, 1996
through June 30, 1997.............................
------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- -----------
Balances, June 30, 1997............................ 0 18,252,837 182,530 3,107,355 31,074
Issuance of Series D preferred stock, net.......... 2,942,573 29,426 1 0
Issuance of stock warrants.........................
Issuance of Series C preferred stock as purchase
price adjustment.................................. 528,737 5,287
Deferred compensation related to stock options.....
Stock-based compensation...........................
Dividends declared.................................
Accretion of Series D preferred PIK dividend....... 277,694
Net loss for the year ended June 30, 1998..........
------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- -----------
Balances, June 30, 1998............................ 0 21,724,147 494,937 3,107,356 31,074
Issuance of Series D preferred stock, net.......... 4,108,288 41,083
Issuance of Series F preferred stock, net.......... 1,978,738 19,787
Issuance of Series G preferred stock, net.......... 400,000 4,000
Deferred compensation related to stock options.....
Stock-based compensation...........................
Accretion of Series D preferred PIK dividend....... 1,026,462
Net loss for the year ended June 30, 1999..........
------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- -----------
Balances, June 30, 1999............................ 0 28,211,173 1,586,269 3,107,356 31,074
Issuance of Series F preferred stock, net.......... 3,393,619 33,936
Issuance of Series I common stock, net............. 1 0
Issuance of Class A common stock in an initial
public offering...................................
Stock warrants exercised (unaudited)...............
Stock options exercised (unaudited)................
Deferred compensation related to stock options
(unaudited).......................................
Stock based compensation (unaudited)...............
Conversion of the Series A through G Preferred
Stock and Series A through I common Stock to Class
A and Class B common stock (unaudited)............ (31,604,792) (1,620,205) (3,107,357) (31,074)
Fractional Class A and Class B common shares issued
due to rounding during conversion (unaudited).....
Stockholder notes receivable (unaudited)...........
Net loss for the nine months ended March 31, 20000
(unaudited).......................................
------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- -----------
Balances, March 31, 2000 (unaudited)............... $ -- -- $ -- -- $ --
============ =========== ========== ========== ===========
<CAPTION>
COMMON STOCK
----------------------------------------------
CLASS A CLASS B ADDITIONAL UNEARNED
------------------------ ------------------- PAID-IN STOCK-BASED
SHARES AMOUNT SHARES AMOUNT CAPITAL COMPENSATION
----------- ---------- --------- ------- ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balances, June 30, 1996............................
Partner contributions -- Edison Project LP.........
Net loss for the period from July 1, 1996 through
November 18, 1996.................................
Effect of reorganization........................... $11,176,211
Issuance of Series A, B and C preferred stock,
net............................................... 29,959,883
Deferred compensation related to stock options..... 165,771 $ (165,771)
Stock-based compensation........................... 45,342
Net loss for the period from November 19, 1996
through June 30, 1997.............................
----------- ---------- --------- ------- ------------ -----------
Balances, June 30, 1997............................ 41,301,865 (120,429)
Issuance of Series D preferred stock, net.......... 19,177,196
Issuance of stock warrants......................... 2,500,000
Issuance of Series C preferred stock as purchase
price adjustment.................................. (5,287)
Deferred compensation related to stock options..... 1,339,118 (1,339,118)
Stock-based compensation........................... 584,560
Dividends declared................................. (5,000,000)
Accretion of Series D preferred PIK dividend....... (277,694)
Net loss for the year ended June 30, 1998..........
----------- ---------- --------- ------- ------------ -----------
Balances, June 30, 1998............................ 59,035,198 (874,987)
Issuance of Series D preferred stock, net.......... 31,722,481
Issuance of Series F preferred stock, net.......... 24,228,435
Issuance of Series G preferred stock, net.......... 4,897,755
Deferred compensation related to stock options..... 27,332,927 (27,332,927)
Stock-based compensation........................... 22,371,358
Accretion of Series D preferred PIK dividend....... (1,026,462)
Net loss for the year ended June 30, 1999..........
----------- ---------- --------- ------- ------------ -----------
Balances, June 30, 1999............................ 146,190,334 (5,836,556)
Issuance of Series F preferred stock, net.......... 41,707,582
Issuance of Series I common stock, net.............
Issuance of Class A common stock in an initial
public offering................................... 6,800,000 $ 68,000 109,232,000
Stock warrants exercised (unaudited)............... 88,512 885 543,619
Stock options exercised (unaudited)................ 652,500 6,525 72,500 $ 725 2,167,750
Deferred compensation related to stock options
(unaudited)....................................... 394,757 (394,757)
Stock based compensation (unaudited)............... 2,808,879
Conversion of the Series A through G Preferred
Stock and Series A through I common Stock to Class
A and Class B common stock (unaudited)............ 31,240,934 312,409 3,471,215 34,712 1,304,158
Fractional Class A and Class B common shares issued
due to rounding during conversion (unaudited)..... 286,501 2,865 (15,172) (152) (2,713)
Stockholder notes receivable (unaudited)...........
Net loss for the nine months ended March 31, 20000
(unaudited).......................................
----------- ---------- --------- ------- ------------ -----------
Balances, March 31, 2000 (unaudited)............... 39,068,447 $ 390,684 3,528,543 $35,285 $301,537,487 $(3,422,434)
=========== ========== ========= ======= ============ ===========
<CAPTION>
STOCKHOLDER
ACCUMULATED NOTES
DEFICIT RECEIVABLE TOTAL
------------- ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Balances, June 30, 1996............................ $(57,948,468) $ 13,928,602
Partner contributions -- Edison Project LP......... 1,224,965
Net loss for the period from July 1, 1996 through
November 18, 1996................................. (3,840,532) (3,840,532)
Effect of reorganization........................... 61,789,000 --
Issuance of Series A, B and C preferred stock,
net............................................... 30,036,663
Deferred compensation related to stock options..... --
Stock-based compensation........................... 45,342
Net loss for the period from November 19, 1996
through June 30, 1997............................. (7,581,063) (7,581,063)
------------- ------------ ------------
Balances, June 30, 1997............................ (7,581,063) 33,813,977
Issuance of Series D preferred stock, net.......... 19,206,622
Issuance of stock warrants......................... 2,500,000
Issuance of Series C preferred stock as purchase
price adjustment.................................. --
Deferred compensation related to stock options..... --
Stock-based compensation........................... 584,560
Dividends declared................................. (5,000,000)
Accretion of Series D preferred PIK dividend....... --
Net loss for the year ended June 30, 1998.......... (21,914,855) (21,914,855)
------------- ------------ ------------
Balances, June 30, 1998............................ (29,495,918) 29,190,304
Issuance of Series D preferred stock, net.......... 31,763,564
Issuance of Series F preferred stock, net.......... 24,248,222
Issuance of Series G preferred stock, net.......... 4,901,755
Deferred compensation related to stock options..... --
Stock-based compensation........................... 22,371,358
Accretion of Series D preferred PIK dividend....... --
Net loss for the year ended June 30, 1999.......... (49,432,791) (49,432,791)
------------- ------------ ------------
Balances, June 30, 1999............................ (78,928,709) 63,042,412
Issuance of Series F preferred stock, net.......... 41,741,518
Issuance of Series I common stock, net............. 0
Issuance of Class A common stock in an initial
public offering................................... 109,300,000
Stock warrants exercised (unaudited)............... 544,504
Stock options exercised (unaudited)................ 2,175,000
Deferred compensation related to stock options
(unaudited).......................................
Stock based compensation (unaudited)............... 2,808,879
Conversion of the Series A through G Preferred
Stock and Series A through I common Stock to Class
A and Class B common stock (unaudited)............
Fractional Class A and Class B common shares issued
due to rounding during conversion (unaudited)..... --
Stockholder notes receivable (unaudited)........... $(2,175,000) (2,175,000)
Net loss for the nine months ended March 31, 20000
(unaudited)....................................... (27,851,655) (27,851,655)
------------- ------------ ------------
Balances, March 31, 2000 (unaudited)............... $(106,780,364) $(2,175,000) $189,585,658
============= ============ ============
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-5
<PAGE> 99
EDISON SCHOOLS INC.
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NINE MONTHS
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, ENDED MARCH 31,
------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
1997 1998 1999 1999 2000
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss..................................... $(11,421,595) $(21,914,855) $(49,432,791) $(20,161,829) $(27,851,655)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash
used in operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization of property
and equipment............................ 3,552,440 7,231,628 11,491,955 8,483,630 13,687,374
Amortization of deferred charter costs and
original issue discount.................. -- -- (68,688) (883,731) (134,713)
Stock-based compensation................... 45,342 584,560 22,371,358 4,970,956 2,808,879
Equipment write-off........................ -- -- 1,090,768 -- --
Loss on disposal of property and
equipment................................ -- 126,500 368,110 51,263 350,918
Issuance of note receivable in lieu of
interest income.......................... (18,600) -- -- -- --
Changes in operating assets and
liabilities:
Accounts and other receivables........... (5,179,091) (2,845,258) (3,126,279) (1,666,217) (24,215,615)
Other current assets..................... (334,238) (422,429) (623,756) (234,160) (2,394,333)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses.... 2,414,428 5,497,686 2,563,812 (1,671,403) 2,099,503
Other liabilities........................ -- 1,191,864 (713,736) (665,737) 34,118
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Cash used in operating activities...... (10,941,314) (10,550,304) (16,079,247) (11,777,228) (35,615,524)
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Additions to property and equipment.......... (9,090,450) (21,180,550) (25,533,246) (22,797,645) (53,367,641)
Proceeds from disposition of property and
equipment, net............................. -- 35,670 10,537,786 10,537,786 2,057,664
Proceeds from notes receivable and advances
due from charter schools................... -- 2,331,667 1,880,989 156,563 3,640,098
Notes receivable and advances due from
charter schools............................ (3,858,238) -- (15,768,384) (15,011,742) (10,931,122)
Other assets................................. (81,762) (1,269,192) (1,445,035) 398,502 (9,332,594)
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Cash used in investing activities...... (13,030,450) (20,082,405) (30,327,890) (26,716,536) (67,933,595)
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from partner contributions.......... 7,557,965 -- -- -- --
Proceeds from issuance of stock and
warrants................................... 30,466,663 25,251,971 62,060,480 31,763,564 151,586,022
Costs in connection with equity financing.... (430,000) (3,545,349) (1,146,939) -- --
Proceeds from stockholders' notes payable.... -- 672,155 938,439 938,439 --
Proceeds from notes payable.................. -- 10,797,304 9,624,131 8,938,711 11,992,923
Payments on notes payable and capital
leases..................................... (1,313,145) (7,293,088) (6,178,626) (4,478,443) (6,682,204)
Restricted cash.............................. (472,000) (3,500,000) 1,540,584 1,540,829 (234,127)
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Cash provided by financing
activities........................... 35,809,483 22,382,993 66,838,069 38,703,100 156,662,614
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash
equivalents.................................. 11,837,719 (8,249,716) 20,430,932 209,336 53,113,495
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of
period....................................... 3,903,641 15,741,360 7,491,644 7,491,644 27,922,576
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period..... $ 15,741,360 $ 7,491,644 $ 27,922,576 $ 7,700,980 $ 81,036,071
============ ============ ============ ============ ============
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow
information:
Cash paid during the periods for:
Interest..................................... $ 527,421 $ 1,761,821 $ 3,008,260 $ 1,817,760 $ 2,451,405
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing
and financing activities:
Additional paid in capital charged to the
accumulated deficit of the
Partnership through the date of
reorganization............................. $ 61,789,000
Dividends declared and settled with notes in
lieu of cash............................... $ 5,000,000
Capitalized lease obligations incurred....... $ 6,462,686
Amounts due from bank under note payable
incurred................................... $ 1,419,690
Accretion of Series D preferred PIK
dividend................................... $ 277,694 $ 1,026,462 $ 769,846
Additions to property and equipment included
in accounts payable........................ $ 8,489,460 $ 511,701
Stockholder note receivable exchanged for
common stock............................... $ 2,175,000
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-6
<PAGE> 100
EDISON SCHOOLS INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(INTERIM DATA IS UNAUDITED)
1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS:
Edison Schools Inc. (the "Company") (formerly known as The Edison Project
Inc. and Subsidiaries) manages elementary and secondary public schools under
contracts with school districts and charter schools located in 11 states and
Washington, D.C. The Company opened its first four schools in the fall of 1995,
and, as of June 30, 1999, operated 51 schools with approximately 23,900
students.
The Company provides the education program, recruits and manages personnel,
and maintains and operates the facilities at each school it manages. The Company
also assists charter schools in obtaining facilities and the related financing.
As compensation for its services, the Company receives revenues which
approximate, on a per pupil basis, the average per pupil spending of the school
district in which the school is located.
Prior to November 18, 1996, the Company was a partnership. On November 18,
1996, the partners transferred their interests in the assets and liabilities of
the partnership, in a tax free conversion to the Company, in exchange for common
and preferred stock. This transaction was accounted for as a reorganization of
entities under common control, in a manner similar to a pooling-of-interests.
On July 26, 1999, the Company's board of directors approved the filing of a
registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission for an
initial public offering ("IPO") of its Common Stock. See Note 15.
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents consist of
highly liquid debt instruments with original maturities of three months or less.
The Company maintains funds in accounts in excess of FDIC insurance limits;
however, management believes that it minimizes risk by maintaining deposits in
high quality financial institutions.
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment are stated at cost. Routine maintenance and repairs
are expensed as incurred. The cost of major additions, replacements, and
improvements are capitalized. Gains and losses from sales or retirements of
property and equipment are included in earnings for the period. Depreciation is
computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the
respective assets (30 years for buildings, the remaining lease term or shorter
for leasehold improvements and 3-5 years for all other items).
The Company purchases or renovates existing buildings to ready them for
charter school use. It is the Company's intention to recapture purchase or
renovation costs through sale to a third party or through the sale or lease of
the building to the charter school board. Buildings or renovations completed and
ready for charter school use are depreciated on a straight line basis over the
shorter of the estimated useful life of the building or until the sale of the
building to a third party. The Company's policy is not to capitalize interest
costs on renovation expenditures since the sale transaction does not provide for
recovery of interest expense.
LONG-LIVED ASSETS
The carrying amount of assets is reviewed on a regular basis for the
existence of facts or circumstances, both internally and externally, that
suggest impairment. No such impairment has been recorded in fiscal 1999 and
fiscal 1998. The Company determines if the carrying amount of a long-lived asset
is impaired based on anticipated undiscounted cash flows before interest. In the
event of impairment,
F-7
<PAGE> 101
EDISON SCHOOLS INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(INTERIM DATA IS UNAUDITED)
a loss is recognized based on the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds
the fair value of the asset. Fair value is determined primarily using the
anticipated cash flows, discounted at a rate commensurate with the risk
involved. The Company has not capitalized interest under SFAS No. 34 in
connection with the purchase and renovation of certain charter school buildings,
since to do so would have required a corresponding adjustment for impairment
under SFAS No. 121.
RESTRICTED CASH
Restricted cash consists of cash held in escrow in compliance with certain
debt agreements, credit issued for the benefit of certain technology suppliers
and certain amounts restricted for use in the start-up of future Edison schools.
REVENUE RECOGNITION
The Company recognizes revenue from each school pro rata over eleven months
from August through June (the "School year").
PREOPENING COSTS
The Company expenses certain preopening training, personnel and other
costs, which are incurred prior to the fiscal year in which operations commence
at new school sites.
Effective July 1, 1997, the Company elected for early adoption of Statement
of Position 98-5, "Accounting for the Costs of Start-Up Activities" ("SOP
98-5"). SOP 98-5 establishes standards for the expensing of start-up costs as
incurred as defined in the statement. The Company had originally accounted for
the adoption through a cumulative effect adjustment in the year ended June 30,
1998. For purposes of these financial statements, the Company has applied
certain provisions of Accounting Principles Board ("APB") No. 20, "Accounting
Changes," and retroactively expensed all start-up costs that had previously been
deferred.
NOTES RECEIVABLE
Notes receivable are recorded at face value less an original issue
discount, if the note has no stated rate of interest. The original issue
discount is calculated using the Company's rate of interest associated with the
cost of funds for the period in which the note is issued. It is management's
policy to recognize any note as impaired when, based on its assessment of events
and circumstances, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all
amounts due. If a note is deemed impaired, the Company would measure impairment
based on the present value of future cash flows. No impairments have been
recognized to date.
DEFERRED CHARTER COSTS
Deferred charter costs arise as a result of the Company providing cash to
certain charter schools in return for non-interest bearing notes. In accordance
with APB No. 21, the Company discounts the non-interest bearing notes and
records the corresponding discount as deferred charter costs. These costs
represent the accounting recognition given to the Company's right to operate the
charter school. Deferred charter costs are included in other assets and are
amortized on a straight line basis over the same period as the related discount.
Net deferred charter costs and accumulated amortization as of June 30, 1999
were $1,207,366 and $1,033,949, respectively.
F-8
<PAGE> 102
EDISON SCHOOLS INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(INTERIM DATA IS UNAUDITED)
STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
For financial reporting purposes, the Company accounts for stock-based
compensation in accordance with the intrinsic value method of accounting
prescribed by APB No. 25 "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees." In
accordance with this method, no compensation expense is recognized in the
accompanying financial statements in connection with the awarding of stock
option grants to employees provided that, as of the grant date, all terms
associated with the award are fixed and the fair value of the Company's stock,
as of the grant date, is not greater than the amount an employee must pay to
acquire the stock as defined. To the extent that stock options are granted to
employees with variable terms or if the fair value of the Company's stock as of
the measurement date is greater than the amount an employee must pay to acquire
the stock, then the Company will recognize compensation expense. The fair value
of options granted to non-employees in return for goods and services are
included in operating results as an expense.
Disclosures, including pro forma operating results had the Company prepared
its financial statements in accordance with the fair value based method as
stated in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 123,
"Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," have been included in Note 10.
ADVERTISING EXPENSES
Advertising costs consist primarily of print media and brochures and are
expensed when the related advertising occurs. Total advertising expense for each
of the three years ended June 30, 1997, 1998 and 1999 amounted to approximately
$113,000, $265,000 and $788,000, respectively.
INCOME TAXES
The Company recognizes deferred income taxes for the tax consequences in
future years of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and
their financial reporting amounts at each reporting period based on enacted tax
laws and statutory tax rates. Valuation allowances are established when
necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.
Income tax expense consists of the tax payable for the period and the change
during the period in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Prior to the
reorganization (Note 1), the entity structure consisted solely of a partnership,
which under present income tax regulations pays no federal income taxes. Any
income or loss was included in the tax returns of the partners.
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The carrying amounts of the Company's financial instruments, including cash
and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued
liabilities, approximate fair value because of their short maturities. The
carrying amount of the Company's capital lease and other equipment financing
obligations approximates the fair value of such instruments based upon
management's best estimate of interest rates that would be available to the
Company for similar debt obligations at June 30, 1999.
NET LOSS PER SHARE
In 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 128,
"Earnings per Share." SFAS No. 128 replaced primary and fully diluted earnings
per share with basic and diluted earnings per share. Unlike primary earnings per
share, basic earnings per share excludes any dilutive effect of options,
warrants and convertible securities. Diluted earnings per share is very similar
to fully diluted earnings per share. Basic earnings per share is computed using
the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period.
Diluted earnings per share is computed using the weighted-average number of
common and common stock equivalent shares outstanding during the period. Common
stock equivalent
F-9
<PAGE> 103
EDISON SCHOOLS INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(INTERIM DATA IS UNAUDITED)
shares, such as convertible preferred stock, stock options, and warrants, have
been excluded from the computation, as their effect is antidilutive for all
periods presented.
The pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing
the net loss by the weighted average number of shares of common stock assuming
conversion of convertible preferred stock outstanding during the period under
the if-converted method. Each outstanding share of common and preferred stock
will automatically convert into .45 shares of class A common stock and .05
shares of class B common stock. See Note 15(a).
The calculation of pro forma net loss per share for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 1999 is as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Net loss.................................................... $49,432,791
-----------
Common stock outstanding at July 1, 1998.................... 3,107,356
Convertible preferred stock outstanding at July 1, 1998..... 21,724,145
Add:
Issuance of convertible preferred stock as if converted on a
weighted average basis.................................... 3,027,014
-----------
Pro forma weighted average number of shares outstanding,
assuming conversion of convertible preferred stock........ 27,858,515
===========
Pro forma net loss per share................................ $ (1.77)
===========
</TABLE>
MANAGEMENT ESTIMATES
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Significant estimates include, among other things, useful
lives, recoverability of equipment, deferred income tax valuation allowance,
certain accrued expenses and expenses in connection with stock options and
warrants; actual results could differ from these estimates.
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
On July 1, 1997, the Company adopted SFAS No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive
Income." SFAS No. 130 establishes standards for reporting comprehensive income
and its components in financial statements. Comprehensive income, as defined,
includes all changes to stockholders' equity during a period from non-owner
sources. To date, the Company has not had any transactions that are required to
be reported as comprehensive income.
SEGMENTS
The Company has adopted SFAS No. 131, "Disclosure about Segments of an
Enterprise and Related Information." Management evaluates its operating
performance as a single segment. The Company's Chief Operating Officer reviews
school performance based on a comprehensive, whole school approach. Real estate,
after school programs, food services and various other activities are not
evaluated on an individual basis. Therefore, the Company has not included the
additional disclosures required by SFAS No. 131. Adoption of this accounting
standard has no impact on the Company's financial position or net income.
F-10
<PAGE> 104
EDISON SCHOOLS INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(INTERIM DATA IS UNAUDITED)
IMPACT OF THE ADOPTION OF RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARD
The Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 133, "Accounting
for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities" in June 1998. This statement
is effective in fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2000, although early
adoption is permitted. This statement requires the recognition of the fair value
of any derivative financial instruments on the balance sheet. Changes in fair
value of the derivative and, in certain instances, changes in the fair value of
an underlying hedged asset or liability, are recognized through either income or
as a component of other comprehensive income. The adoption of SFAS 133 is not
expected to have any effect on the Company's financial position or results of
operations.
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
The fiscal 1997 and 1998 financial statements of the Company reflect the
consolidated accounts of its two then wholly owned subsidiaries, Edison Project,
LP (the "Partnership") and an inactive corporation. All intercompany balances
and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. During fiscal 1999, the
two subsidiaries were merged into the Company or dissolved and their assets and
liabilities were assumed by the Company.
RECLASSIFICATIONS
Certain reclassifications have been made to the fiscal 1997 and 1998
financial statements to conform with the current year's presentation.
3. NOTES AND OTHER RECEIVABLES:
Notes and other receivables consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JUNE 30,
-------------------------
1998 1999
---------- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
Notes receivable due from charter schools(a)............. $1,526,571 $ 6,084,574
Advances due from charter schools(b)..................... -- 5,975,537
Other receivables........................................ 24,274 1,544,745
---------- -----------
1,550,845 13,604,856
Less, current portion.................................... 712,325 9,711,772
---------- -----------
Total notes and other receivables................... $ 838,520 $ 3,893,084
========== ===========
</TABLE>
---------------
(a) Notes receivable due from charter schools also includes non-interest bearing
notes with an aggregate face value of $839,093 and $6,803,410 at June 30,
1998 and 1999, respectively, less unamortized original issue discount of
$1,465,768 at June 30, 1999. Interest is imputed on the notes at 12% per
annum. This imputed rate is management's estimate of the fair market
interest rate for these loans based on the Company's current estimated
borrowing rate of approximately 10% and management's assessment of the
incremental risk associated with these loans. The notes mature at various
dates through the year 2002.
Notes receivable due from charter schools includes an interest bearing note
at 8.8% per annum. Management believes that the stated rate is the fair
market rate for this note. The rate is less than the imputed rate on the
non-interest bearing notes discussed above because the charter school has
been and plans to continue accumulating cash reserves which would be
sufficient to repay the note receivable when due. The note amounted to
$687,478 and $746,932 at June 30, 1998 and 1999, respectively, and matures
at various dates through the year 2002.
F-11
<PAGE> 105
EDISON SCHOOLS INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(INTERIM DATA IS UNAUDITED)
(b) Advances due from charter schools were converted into a non-interest bearing
note receivable in July 1999. The note is due December 31, 1999 and
automatically converts into a 20 year term loan with interest at 10% per
annum and regular amortization. The advances have been discounted at a rate
of 12% over the expected period of refinancing. Consistent with the
treatment of non-interest bearing notes receivable as discussed in (a)
above. The face value of the advances at June 30, 1999 was $6,343,153, less
unamortized original issue discount of $367,616.
Aggregate maturities of notes receivable are as follows:
For the fiscal year ending June 30,
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
2000.................................................... $10,204,966
2001.................................................... --
2002.................................................... --
2003.................................................... 5,198,274
2004 and thereafter..................................... 35,000
-----------
15,438,240
Less: amount representing discount (see note 3(a) and
(b)).................................................. (1,833,384)
-----------
Total notes and other receivables....................... 13,604,856
Less: current portion, net of unamortized discount of
$493,194.............................................. (9,711,772)
-----------
Notes and other receivables, noncurrent................. $ 3,893,084
===========
</TABLE>
4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:
Property and equipment consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JUNE 30,
----------------------------
1998 1999
------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C>
Land and buildings.................................... $ 3,161,019 $ --
Leasehold improvements................................ 11,748,747 11,844,562
Furniture, fixtures and equipment..................... 24,199,478 36,137,855
Educational software and textbooks.................... 4,109,888 16,673,303
------------ ------------
43,219,132 64,655,720
Accumulated depreciation and amortization............. (11,576,688) (21,784,482)
------------ ------------
Property and equipment, net...................... $ 31,642,444 $ 42,871,238
============ ============
</TABLE>
Assets under capital leases at both June 30, 1998 and 1999 totaled
$5,449,180 and related accumulated amortization totaled $3,021,407 and
$4,564,551, respectively. Amortization expense for each of the three years ended
June 30, 1997, 1998 and 1999 related to assets under capital leases amounted to
$1,100,286, $1,602,121 and $1,543,144, respectively. The Company wrote off
approximately $1,100,000 of equipment during the year ended June 30, 1999 in
connection with its year-end physical equipment inventory.
In March 1998, the Company purchased an office building in Trenton, New
Jersey for approximately $618,000 and made significant improvements for use as a
charter school. In September 1998, the Company entered into a non-cancellable
operating lease, which expires on August 31, 1999, with the charter school for
which the Company provides services. In December 1998, the Company sold the
building to a real estate investment trust, and simultaneously entered into an
18 year operating lease for
F-12
<PAGE> 106
EDISON SCHOOLS INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(INTERIM DATA IS UNAUDITED)
the building with future annual minimum rentals approximating $950,000.
Subsequent to the sale and leaseback, the Company is expected to continue its
operating lease with the charter school (the "Sublease") on a month-to-month
basis (see Note 7). The Company received approximately $6,000,000 in cash and
realized a gain of approximately $28,000 on the sale of the building, which is
included in the loss on disposal of property and equipment in the statement of
operations for the year ended June 30, 1999.
In June 1998, the Company exercised an option to purchase a charter school
building in Detroit, Michigan for $2,500,000 which the Company had been leasing
under a capitalized lease. In September 1998, the Company, which provides
services at the site, sold the building to the charter school for approximately
$6,300,000 and incurred a loss of approximately $79,000, which is included in
the loss on disposal of property and equipment in the statement of operations
for the year ended June 30, 1999. The Company received approximately $4,400,000
in cash and a non-interest bearing subordinated note approximating $1,900,000
before discount, which is due on June 30, 2002 (see Note 3(a)).
As of June 30, 1998, the Company had recorded in Property and Equipment
approximately $8,100,000 from the two buildings noted above. No such amounts
were recorded as of June 30, 1999.
5. ACCRUED EXPENSES:
Accrued expenses consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JUNE 30,
------------------------
1998 1999
---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C>
Accrued payroll and benefits.............................. $4,801,481 $7,349,776
Accrued taxes other than income........................... 932,633 1,436,092
Accrued other............................................. 1,180,820 1,013,853
---------- ----------
Total accrued expenses............................... $6,914,934 $9,799,721
========== ==========
</TABLE>
6. LONG-TERM DEBT:
Long-term debt consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JUNE 30,
-------------------------
1998 1999
---------- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
Notes payable(a)......................................... $8,870,955 $13,934,160
Capital leases (Note 7).................................. 2,608,153 990,453
---------- -----------
11,479,108 14,924,613
Current portion.......................................... (4,601,683) (6,660,789)
---------- -----------
Total long-term debt................................ $6,877,425 $ 8,263,824
========== ===========
</TABLE>
---------------
(a) Notes payable at June 30, 1998 and 1999 consist of notes with five financing
companies collateralized by computer equipment, furniture and other assets
of the Company. All notes are similarly structured and generally provide for
equal monthly installments, including interest and principal, over a term of
36 to 48 months. Monthly payments to each noteholder range from
approximately $30,000 to $363,000. Certain notes also provide for a final
installment of up to 15% of the original principal amount. Interest rates
are fixed and range from 15.0% to 20.4% per annum.
F-13
<PAGE> 107
EDISON SCHOOLS INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(INTERIM DATA IS UNAUDITED)
In connection with amounts currently outstanding under the notes payable
and capital lease agreements (see Note 7), as of June 30, 1998 and 1999, the
Company had outstanding stock purchase warrants to lenders that provide for the
purchase of up to 575,881 and 625,881 shares of Series A common stock at
purchase prices ranging from $2.00 to $7.96 and $2.00 to $8.00 per share,
respectively. The stock purchase warrants are exercisable either 100% at the
date of grant, or 50% at the date of grant with the remainder vesting ratably
over the next five years. The stock purchase warrants expire at various dates
through 2009. At the time of issuance, the value of the warrants was not deemed
significant pursuant to a calculation using the Black Scholes option pricing
model. Accordingly, no value has been assigned to the warrants.
The Company is subject to certain reporting debt covenants under several of
its debt agreements. The Company received a waiver from one of its lenders for a
capital lease obligation amounting to $2,608,153 as of June 30, 1998 for a
violation of a non-financial covenant. The non-financial covenant required
compliance within ninety days after June 30, 1998. The covenant was waived as of
June 30, 1998. All debt covenants thereafter have been complied with on a timely
basis.
Aggregate maturities of notes payable are as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
For the fiscal year ending June 30,
2000.................................................... $ 5,688,566
2001.................................................... 5,296,462
2002.................................................... 2,877,224
2003.................................................... 71,908
-----------
Total.............................................. $13,934,160
===========
</TABLE>
7. LEASES:
The Company has entered into several lease agreements for school site
computers and equipment. The agreements, which are accounted for as capital
leases, provide that the Company will lease equipment for terms of 36 or 42
months with interest rates of 9.5% to 9.75%. Also, the Company has entered into
various non-cancelable operating leases for office space and currently leases
school sites. These leases expire at various dates through the year 2027.
F-14
<PAGE> 108
EDISON SCHOOLS INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(INTERIM DATA IS UNAUDITED)
At June 30, 1999, the present value of the minimum lease payments under the
capital leases and rental commitments under operating leases with terms in
excess of one year are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CAPITAL
LEASES OPERATING LEASES
------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C>
For the fiscal year ending June 30,
2000.................................................... $1,015,055 $ 3,088,637
2001.................................................... 18,230 2,966,202
2002.................................................... -- 2,942,976
2003.................................................... -- 2,888,126
2004.................................................... -- 2,801,566
Thereafter.............................................. -- 17,773,209
---------- -----------
Total commitments....................................... 1,033,285 $32,460,716
===========
Less amount representing interest....................... (42,832)
----------
Present value of minimum lease payments................. 990,453
Less current installments of capital lease obligation... (972,223)
----------
Capital lease obligations, excluding current
installments.......................................... $ 18,230
==========
</TABLE>
Total rental expense for each of the three years ended June 30, 1997, 1998
and 1999 related to operating leases amounted to approximately $524,000,
$1,876,000 and $3,388,000, respectively.
The Company has a sublease with a charter school on a month-to-month basis
in the amount of $28,000 per month (see Note 4). The rental income has been
recorded as a reduction to rental expense included in administration, curriculum
and development expense.
8. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:
STOCKHOLDER NOTES RECEIVABLE
The stockholder notes receivable consists of two recourse notes from the
Chairman of the Company, which arose in connection with his employment
agreements. The note agreements, as amended March 1, 1997, bear interest at
5.83% per annum and do not require periodic interest or principal payments until
maturity. The stockholder receivable is collateralized by the assignment of the
proceeds of a life insurance policy and in the event of termination can be
offset against the severance pay obligation of the Company. The receivable is
due on the earlier of February 15, 2002, the date on which employment of the
Chairman is terminated by the Company or upon the death of the Chairman.
In June 1999, the board of directors agreed to make loans to the Chief
Executive Officer ("CEO") of the Company. The loans would bear interest at the
greater of the prime rate or the Company's actual borrowing rate, in effect from
time to time, with payment due in full on the fifth anniversary of the loans.
The purpose of the loans are to provide funds to the CEO to exercise certain
options granted to him and to pay the related personal income tax impact.
Management expects that the option loan will be $2,200,000. The loan for the
estimated tax impact is based on the future estimated fair market value of the
Company's stock and, accordingly, is not estimable at this time. No loans have
been made at this time. To the extent that a loan is made for the purchase of
shares, it will be reflected as a reduction of equity in the balance sheet.
F-15
<PAGE> 109
EDISON SCHOOLS INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(INTERIM DATA IS UNAUDITED)
STOCKHOLDERS' NOTES PAYABLE
The Series A Common and Series A-C Preferred stockholders have been issued
promissory notes dated December 18, 1997 for $4,407,903 and January 1, 1998 for
$592,097 (see Note 9). In addition, as part of the Series D Preferred private
placement (see Note 9), the Company issued to stockholders, promissory notes
dated December 30, 1997 for $611,025, January 28, 1998 for $61,130, August 24,
1998 for $487,844 and December 14, 1998 for $450,595. The principal for each of
the notes is payable on the tenth anniversary of the dates of issuance. Each
note bears interest at 7% per annum, of which 50% is payable at maturity and the
balance payable each April 1, starting in fiscal 1999 and thereafter.
MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
The Company and WSI Inc. ("WSI"), a shareholder of the Company, entered
into a five-year management agreement, dated March 15, 1995, as amended November
15, 1996, March 1, 1997 and December 15, 1997. This agreement provides for
payments of fees and expenses as approved by the Company's Board of Directors in
return for consulting and other services to be rendered by WSI. Payments for
each of the three years ended June 30, 1997, 1998 and 1999 relating to the
management agreement amounted to $867,619, $65,123 and $2,762, respectively.
The Chief Executive Officer of the Company is also the sole shareholder of
WSI.
PLEDGE OF SHARES
WSI and its sole shareholder have pledged all of their direct and indirect
interests in the Company to a bank in order to obtain personal loans. The due
date of the personal loans has been extended from August 30, 1999 to August 30,
2002. If WSI and its sole shareholder were to default on the personal loans in
the future, their interest would revert to the bank.
9. COMMON AND PREFERRED STOCK:
PREFERRED STOCK
Preferred stock consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JUNE 30, 1998 JUNE 30, 1999
---------------------- ------------------------
AUTHORIZED PAR OUTSTANDING OUTSTANDING
DESCRIPTION SHARES VALUE SHARES AMOUNT SHARES AMOUNT
----------- ---------- ----- ----------- -------- ----------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Series A Convertible Preferred stock
("Series A Preferred").................. 31,000,000 $.01 15,147,218 $151,472 15,147,218 $ 151,472
Series B Convertible Exchangeable
Preferred stock ("Series B
Preferred")............................. 1,010,101 $.01 505,050 5,051 505,050 5,051
Series C Convertible Exchangeable
Preferred stock ("Series C
Preferred")............................. 6,258,608 $.01 3,129,304 31,293 3,129,304 31,293
Series D Convertible Preferred stock
("Series D Preferred").................. 25,077,843 $.01 2,942,575 307,121 7,050,863 1,374,666
Non-Voting Series E Convertible Preferred
("Non-Voting Series E Preferred")....... 6,759,420 $.01 -- -- -- --
Series F Convertible Preferred stock
("Series F Preferred").................. 4,757,476 $.01 -- -- 1,978,738 19,787
Non-Voting Series G Convertible Preferred
stock ("Non-Voting Series G
Preferred")............................. 3,067,606 $.01 -- -- 400,000 4,000
---------- ---- ---------- -------- ---------- ----------
Total preferred stock................. 77,931,054 21,724,147 $494,937 28,211,173 $1,586,269
========== ========== ======== ========== ==========
</TABLE>
F-16
<PAGE> 110
EDISON SCHOOLS INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(INTERIM DATA IS UNAUDITED)
COMMON STOCK
Common stock consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JUNE 30, 1998 JUNE 30, 1999
--------------------- ---------------------
AUTHORIZED PAR OUTSTANDING OUTSTANDING
DESCRIPTION SHARES VALUE SHARES AMOUNT SHARES AMOUNT
----------- ----------- ----- ----------- ------- ----------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Series A Common Stock
("Series A Common")....... 97,466,145 $.01 3,107,350 $31,074 3,107,350 $31,074
Series B Common Stock
("Series B Common")....... 1 $.01 1 1 --
Series C Common Stock
("Series C Common")....... 1 $.01 1 1 --
Series D Common Stock
("Series D Common")....... 1 $.01 1 1 --
Series E Common Stock
("Series E Common")....... 1 $.01 1 1 --
Series F Common Stock
("Series F Common")....... 1 $.01 1 1 --
Series G Common Stock
("Series G Common")....... 1 $.01 1 1 --
Series H Common Stock
("Series H Common")....... 1 $.01 -- -- --
Non-Voting Common Stock..... 9,827,026 $.01 -- -- --
----------- --------- ------- --------- -------
Total common stock..... 107,293,178 3,107,356 $31,074 3,107,356 $31,074
=========== ========= ======= ========= =======
</TABLE>
Series B Common through Series H Common are known as "Special Common".
Each share of preferred stock is convertible at any time, at the option of
the holder, into one share of Series A Common. The preferred stock is subject to
mandatory conversion into common stock upon the completion of an initial public
offering resulting in gross proceeds of at least $50,000,000, at a per share
offering price of at least $7.00 per share.
All holders of preferred stock and common stock are entitled to share
ratably in any dividends declared by the board of directors.
On November 30, 1997, the Company's board of directors declared a dividend
to be paid at a rate of 0.228426 per share to all stockholders of record on
December 11, 1997 and payable in the form of interest bearing notes (see Note 8)
in December 1997. The total issued and outstanding shares of common and
preferred stock on the record date was 3,107,356 and 18,781,572 shares,
respectively.
The Series D Preferred was sold to accredited investors for a unit price of
$7.96. A unit included a share of Series D Preferred, three options for
fractional shares of Series A Common, and a note payable for 22.8 cents per
share. Of the three options included in the unit, the first option entitles the
holder to .0095955 shares of Series A Common at an exercise price of $20.00 per
share. On December 31, 1997, the grant date, 70% of these options vested
immediately, of which 50% expire five years from the grant date and the
remainder expire ratably over the next two years. The balance vest 10% annually
commencing June 30, 1998 and expire five years after vesting. The second option
entitles the holder to .0095955 shares of Series A Common at an exercise price
of $3.00 per share. These options vest on or before January 1, 2000 upon the
Company's completion of a Qualified Offering at a price per share of $16.00 or
more or (ii) after January 1, 2000 and on or before January 1, 2001 at a price
per share of $24.00 or more. A Qualified Offering is defined as (i) the sale by
the Company and/or its stockholders of equity securities of
F-17
<PAGE> 111
EDISON SCHOOLS INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(INTERIM DATA IS UNAUDITED)
the Company to the public in a bona fide, firm underwriting commitment to a
registration statement on Form S-1 under The Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
which has been declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission or
(ii) a private placement by the Company and/or its stockholders with aggregate
gross proceeds of at least $50,000,000 to the Company and/or its stockholders.
These options expire ten years after vesting. The third option entitles the
holder to 0.014393 shares of Series A Common at an exercise price of $16 per
share. However, these options only vest if the Company is a public company and
its closing price is $32.00 per share for more than 90 consecutive days. These
options expire ten years after vesting.
The Series D Preferred and Non-Voting Series E Preferred ("Dividend
Securities") stockholders are entitled to a cumulative 6% paid in kind ("PIK")
dividend on the issued and outstanding shares at July 1, 2000 (the "First
Dividend Date") and thereafter at a rate of 6% per annum on the issued and
outstanding shares through December 2003. If the Dividend Securities are
converted into shares of common stock, all accrued and unpaid PIK dividends will
be converted into shares of common stock. However, PIK dividends will terminate
upon certain defined future events, including an IPO. Dividends on other
preferred stock series are non-cumulative. With respect to rights of
liquidation, winding up and dissolution, Series D Preferred and Non-voting
Series E Preferred rank prior to the Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, and
Series C Preferred, which all rank pari passu with each other, and all of the
Company's Preferred Stock rank prior to all Common Stock of the Company. Holders
of Special Common hold rights not afforded to other holders of Common Stock or
Preferred Stock, such as certain rights to elect members of the Company's Board
of Directors and to participate in certain votes regarding the By-Laws. Shares
of Special Common are non-transferable except to the Company and as expressly
set forth in the Company's Shareholders' Agreement. Each existing holder of
Preferred Stock or Series A Common has certain preemptive rights to purchase in
any sale of additional equity by the Company and on the same terms such
additional shares as may be necessary to maintain such holder's relative
percentage ownership.
On July 2, 1999, the Company filed an amended Certificate of Incorporation
with the State of Delaware which changed its capital structure. The authorized
capital stock subsequent to the amendment consists of 114,893,179 shares of
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 85,531,054 shares of Preferred
Stock, par value $0.01 per share, representing an additional authorization of
7,600,001 shares of Common Stock and an additional 7,600,000 shares of Preferred
Stock. Of the total increase in Common Stock, 7,000,000 shares were designated
as Series A Common, one share was designated as Series I Common Stock, and an
additional 600,000 shares were designated as Non-Voting Common Stock. Of the
total increase in Preferred Stock, 7,000,000 shares were designated as Series F
Preferred and 600,000 shares were designated as Non-Voting Series G Preferred.
The Series F Preferred and the Non-Voting Series G Preferred rank prior to the
Series A, B and C Preferred and the Common Stock. (See Notes 8 and 13).
In July 1999, the Company completed two private placement financing
transactions for total proceeds of $41,741,518 in exchange for 3,393,619 shares
of Series F Convertible Preferred and one share of Series I Common.
In March 1995, the Company granted to an investment bank options to
purchase 100,000 shares of Series A Common, exercisable at $0.50 per share, for
services rendered in raising equity financing. The options vested immediately on
the grant date. The options expire on July 2, 2002.
In addition, WSI, a stockholder, holds two options to purchase shares of
the Company's Series A Common. Under the first option, WSI has the right to
purchase up to 425,000 shares at $20 per share whereby 250,000 shares vested
immediately and commencing on June 30, 1996, 50,000 shares vest annually for
each of the following three years and 25,000 shares vest in the final year.
Under the second option, WSI has the right to purchase up to 500,000 shares at
$40 per share whereby 250,000 shares
F-18
<PAGE> 112
EDISON SCHOOLS INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(INTERIM DATA IS UNAUDITED)
vested immediately and commencing on June 30, 1996, 50,000 shares vest annually
for each of the next five years. The options expire in years 2003 through 2005.
At the time of the grant in March 1995, the options were accounted for pursuant
to the provision of APB No. 25 and, accordingly, the Company recorded no
compensation expense.
As of June 30, 1999, stock options issued and outstanding in conjunction
with the Series D preferred private placement entitled the holders to purchase
473,569 shares of Series A Common.
In June 1998, the Company, in exchange for $2,500,000, issued 1,887,500
warrants to a philanthropic foundation to purchase 1,887,500 of Series D
Preferred at the price of $7.96 per share. The warrant expires on June 1, 2005.
Certain provisions of the warrant agreement require such funds to be applied
towards the pre-opening expenses and start-up investments with respect to
certain schools that the Company operates.
10. STOCK OPTIONS:
A summary of the Company's employee stock option activity is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
WEIGHTED STOCK WEIGHTED
AVERAGE OF OPTIONS AVERAGE OF
SHARES EXERCISE PRICES EXERCISABLE EXERCISE PRICES
--------- --------------- ----------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Under option at June 30, 1996............... 1,597,210 $ 2.48 354,939 $ 2.44
Options granted in fiscal 1997.............. 472,500 $ 3.00
Options cancelled in fiscal 1997............ (8,845) $ 2.50
---------
Under option at June 30, 1997............... 2,060,865 $ 2.60 638,213 $ 2.50
Options granted in fiscal 1998.............. 4,783,110 $28.28
Options cancelled in fiscal 1998............ (10,477) $ 2.50
---------
Under option at June 30, 1998............... 6,833,498 $20.52 1,253,459 $ 2.56
Options granted in fiscal 1999.............. 1,236,109 $16.16 171,663 $17.08
Options cancelled in fiscal 1999............ (15,183) $ 3.56
---------
Under option at June 30, 1999............... 7,918,024 $20.44 2,608,990 $ 4.02
=========
</TABLE>
The board of directors approved on October 20, 1998 and amended on June 30,
1999, the 1998 Site Option Plan (the "Site Plan"). A maximum of 750,000 shares
of Series A Common can be awarded under the Site Plan. The options under this
plan cover all persons who are employed at the Company's schools. The options
granted are intended to be either incentive stock options under section 422 of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or non-qualified options. Options granted will
have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Series A Common at
the grant date. The vesting of the options is determined by the board of the
directors, however, these become exercisable on the earlier of an IPO or
February 16, 2006. The options expire ten years after the date of grant. As of
June 30, 1999, the Company has granted 63,109 of these options. On July 9, 1999,
the Company granted additional options to purchase 404,366 shares of Series A
Common.
F-19
<PAGE> 113
EDISON SCHOOLS INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(INTERIM DATA IS UNAUDITED)
The board of directors on June 30, 1999 approved the adoption of the 1999
Stock Option Plan (the "1999 Plan"). A maximum of 500,000 shares of Series A
Common can be awarded under the 1999 Plan. The options granted cover all
employees except senior executives and are intended to be either incentive stock
options under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or non-qualified
options. Options granted will have an exercise price equal to the fair market
value of the Series A Common at the grant date. The board determines the vesting
of the options for each employee; however these become exercisable on the
earlier of an IPO or February 16, 2006. The options expire ten years after the
date of grant. On June 30, 1999, the Company granted options to purchase 198,500
shares of Series A Common. Additionally, on July 9, 1999, the Company granted
options to purchase 199,750 shares of Series A Common.
The board of directors on June 30, 1999 approved the adoption of the 1999
Key Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan"). A maximum of 500,000 shares of Series A
Common can be awarded under the Plan. The options granted cover a variety of
stock-based awards to senior executives, officers and directors and are intended
to be either incentive stock options under section 422 of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986 or non-qualified options. Options granted will have an exercise
price equal to the fair market value of the Series A Common at the grant date.
Each option is exercisable as determined by the board of directors; such terms
are included in each option agreement. On June 30, 1999, the Company granted
options to purchase 438,000 shares of Series A Common.
The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding
at June 30, 1999:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
OPTIONS OUTSTANDING OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
-------------------------------------------- ------------------------
WEIGHTED
AVERAGE WEIGHTED WEIGHTED
REMAINING AVERAGE OF AVERAGE OF
RANGE OF SHARES CONTRACTED EXERCISE SHARES EXERCISE
EXERCISE PRICES OUTSTANDING LIFE PRICES EXERCISABLE PRICES
--------------- ------------------ ---------- ---------- ----------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
$2.00 - $8.00..................... 3,306,340 2.9 $ 3.34 2,435,752 $ 3.00
$12.30............................ 704,184 4.9 $12.30 63,183 $12.30
$16.00............................ 750,000 3.8 $16.00 -- --
$20.00............................ 7,500 5.0 $20.00 -- --
$22.00............................ 500,000 5.0 $22.00 -- --
$32.00............................ 1,250,000 3.8 $32.00 110,055 $32.00
$56.00............................ 1,400,000 3.8 $56.00 -- --
---------- ---------
7,918,024 2,608,990
========== =========
</TABLE>
The Company, during the fourth quarter of fiscal 1999, made amendments to
existing options which resulted in a new measurement date. As a result,
stock-based compensation expense was recorded representing the difference
between the exercise price of the options and the deemed fair market value of
the underlying stock at that time. In this regard, the Company has recognized an
expense of approximately $17,400,000 in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1999.
During fiscal 1999, the Company also recorded an expense of approximately
$4,970,000 in connection with stock options subject to variable accounting.
Had compensation cost for the Company's stock option issuances been
determined based on the fair value at the grant date for awards in each of the
three years ended June 30, 1997, 1998 and 1999
F-20
<PAGE> 114
EDISON SCHOOLS INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(INTERIM DATA IS UNAUDITED)
consistent with the provisions of SFAS No. 123, the Company's net loss
attributable to common stockholders would have been adjusted to the pro forma
amounts indicated below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
------------------------------------------
1997 1998 1999
------------ ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Net loss attributable to common stockholders -- as
reported......................................... $(11,421,595) $(26,482,749) $(50,459,253)
Net loss attributable to common stockholders -- pro
forma............................................ $(11,486,192) $(26,223,668) $(28,334,780)
Basic and diluted net loss attributable to common
stockholders per share -- as reported............ $ (3.68) $ (8.52) $ (16.24)
Basic net loss attributable to common stockholders
per share -- pro forma........................... $ (3.70) $ (8.44) $ (9.12)
</TABLE>
The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of the grant
using the "Black-Scholes Option-pricing Model" with the following weighted
average assumptions used for grants for each of the years ended June 30, 1997,
1998 and 1999: zero dividend yield; no volatility; a weighted average risk-free
interest rate of 6.33%, 5.69% and 5.40%, respectively; and expected lives of
5.3, 3.0 and 6.7 years, respectively.
The following table summarizes the weighted-average grant-date fair values
of options granted during fiscal 1999:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXERCISE PRICE EXERCISE PRICE EXERCISE PRICE
EQUALED FAIR VALUE EXCEEDED FAIR LESS THAN FAIR
AT ISSUANCE VALUE AT ISSUANCE VALUE AT ISSUANCE
------------------ ----------------- -----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Weighted average exercise price of options
granted during the year...................... $12.30 $20.38 $6.26
Weighted average fair value of options granted
during the year.............................. $12.30 $11.24 $9.52
</TABLE>
On June 30, 1999, the Company also granted 17,500 options in shares of
Series A Common to certain non-employees. 10,000 options in shares of Series A
Common are exercisable at $8.00 per share and vest 20% upon grant and the
balance vest ratably over the next four years. 7,500 options in shares of Series
A Common are exercisable at $12.30 per share and vest ratably over the next five
years. As of June 30, 1999, 2,000 options were fully vested. Management believes
that the value of the options issued is de minimus as calculated using the
Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: zero dividend
yield; 30% volatility, and a weighted average risk-free interest rate at 5.4%
and expected life of 10 years. These options to purchase shares of Series A
Common were granted under the Plan.
11. INCOME TAXES:
There is no provision for federal or state and local income taxes pro forma
or otherwise for the years ended June 30, 1997, 1998 and 1999 since the Company
has incurred operating losses. Due to the uncertainty of the Company's ability
to realize the tax benefit of such losses, a valuation allowance has been
established to equal the total net deferred tax assets.
F-21
<PAGE> 115
EDISON SCHOOLS INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(INTERIM DATA IS UNAUDITED)
The components of deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the
following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JUNE 30,
---------------------------
1998 1999
----------- ------------
<S> <C> <C>
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss carryforward........................ $16,938,000 $ 30,277,000
Accrued liabilities.................................... -- 1,874,000
Stock options.......................................... -- 8,501,000
Amortization........................................... -- 2,282,000
Organizational costs................................... 18,000 13,000
----------- ------------
Total deferred tax assets........................... 16,956,000 42,947,000
----------- ------------
Deferred tax liabilities:
Fixed assets........................................... -- 857,000
Book basis of investment in excess of tax basis........ 4,651,000 --
----------- ------------
Total deferred tax liabilities...................... 4,651,000 857,000
----------- ------------
Net benefit for income taxes............................. 12,305,000 42,090,000
Valuation allowance...................................... (12,305,000) (42,090,000)
----------- ------------
Net deferred tax asset.............................. $ -- $ --
=========== ============
</TABLE>
At June 30, 1999, the Company had approximately $80,000,000 of net
operating loss carryforwards available to reduce its future taxable income.
Under current Federal income tax law, approximately $45,000,000 of such
carryforwards will expire in 2013 and approximately $35,000,000 will expire in
2019.
12. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS:
The Company has established a 401(k) Plan for substantially all full-time
employees. The Company matches each participant's contribution up to 50% of the
first $1,000. Participants become fully vested in the match after one year.
Contributions to the 401(k) Plan made by the Company for each of the three years
ended June 30, 1997, 1998 and 1999 amounted to $19,179, $28,936 and $62,876,
respectively.
13. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:
LONG TERM LEASE OBLIGATIONS
The Company has entered into operating leases for two charter school
facilities with lease terms in excess of the initial term of the management
agreement for the schools operating in those facilities.
One of the facilities, currently housing two schools, has been leased for
an 18 year term expiring in June 2017. The initial term of the management
agreement to operate in this facility expires in June 2002. The annual lease
payments begin at $640,500 per year and increase by approximately 2% per year
resulting in a final year's annual rent of $905,823.
The second facility, currently housing two schools, has been leased for a
15 year term expiring in September 2013. The initial term of the management
agreement to operate in this facility expires in June 2001. The annual lease
payment is $769,000 through fiscal 2008 and increases to $932,400 for fiscal
2009 through fiscal 2013.
Although the Company's lease obligations exceed the length of the initial
management agreement, the Company hopes to renew these management agreements or
enter into management agreements with different charter school boards in the
event the current charter school boards do not renew their agreements. There can
be no assurance that the Company can find substitute charter school boards in
the
F-22
<PAGE> 116
EDISON SCHOOLS INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(INTERIM DATA IS UNAUDITED)
event its current clients decline to renew. In that event, the Company would be
obligated to continue paying rent although it would be generating no revenues
from these facilities which would have an adverse effect on the Company's
financial results.
LITIGATION
The Company is subject to occasional lawsuits, investigations and claims
arising out of the normal conduct of its business. Management does not believe
the outcome of any pending claims will have a material adverse impact on the
Company's financial position or results of operations.
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
The Company has entered into employment agreements with certain of its
executives. Such agreements may be terminated by either the executive or the
Company at any time and provide, among other things, certain termination
benefits. As of June 30, 1999, the aggregate termination benefits of the
executives and certain other employees approximated $4,800,000.
SETTLEMENT AGREEMENTS
In connection with the development of certain parts of the core curriculum,
agreements were entered into with former employees to compensate them for
services rendered. Two former employees who provided such services had bonus
agreements while employed with the Company which amounted to $888,900 and were
contingent upon the occurrence of a qualified equity transaction. Such a
transaction occurred in December 1997, causing the obligation to be payable in
three equal annual installments beginning twelve months after the equity
transaction. In addition, the Company entered into settlement agreements with
three other former employees who, while employed, rendered such services for an
aggregated obligation of $1,825,000. Upon execution of the settlement agreements
dated January 30, 1998, $825,000 was paid immediately, while the balance of
$1,000,000 is payable in two equal annual installments of principal plus
interest on the first and second anniversary date of the agreements. Interest is
computed at the rate of 6% per annum. In addition, the attorney who rendered
legal services in connection with the settlement agreements was paid $10,000.
The aforementioned expenses are included in design team compensation for the
year ended June 30, 1998.
GUARANTEES
The Company has guaranteed certain debt obligations of charter school
boards with which it has management agreements. As of June 30, 1999, the Company
had provided guarantees totaling approximately $4,900,000. The debt obligations
mature in August 2001 and June 2002.
As of June 30, 1999, the debt obligations of the charter school boards are
current. Under the guarantor agreements, the Company is also required to
maintain minimum cash balances that may increase under certain circumstances, as
well as to satisfy certain financial reporting covenants.
For fiscal 1998 and 1999, all covenants have been met except that the
Company received waivers for June 30, 1998 and 1999, respectively, from one
financial institution as of June 30, 1998 and 1999 due to non-compliance with a
covenant that requires maintenance of certain minimum cash balances aggregating
to $1.5 million at fiscal year end. These instances of non-compliance were cured
on July 1, 1998 and July 5, 1999, respectively.
STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
In July 1999, the Company entered into a preferred stock purchase agreement
with a corporation providing for the purchase of up to 2,000,000 shares of the
corporation's preferred stock, par value $0.001
F-23
<PAGE> 117
EDISON SCHOOLS INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(INTERIM DATA IS UNAUDITED)
per share, for a purchase price of $5.00 per share. The Company purchased
1,000,000 shares in July 1999 for a total investment of $5,000,000, which
represents approximately 16.5% ownership in the corporation. The Company expects
to account for the investment, which is included in other long-term assets,
under the equity method of accounting. Under the agreement, if the corporation
sells additional shares of its preferred stock prior to the second anniversary
of the investment, the Company will be required to purchase up to $5,000,000 of
additional shares of preferred stock. The chairman of the board of the
corporation is also a director of the Company.
14. CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to credit risk
consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, notes receivable and advances to
charter schools, and trade receivables. The Company manages its credit risk by
maintaining cash and cash equivalents with financial institutions that it
believes are financially sound and through the contractual arrangements that it
has entered into with each district and charter school.
Trade receivables are primarily short-term receivables from various
district and charter schools. Credit risk is affected by changing conditions
within the economy of individual states and school districts in which the
Company operates. The Company establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts, if
necessary, based upon factors surrounding the credit risk of specific customers,
historical trends and other information.
Notes receivable from charter schools are both short-term and long-term.
Credit risk associated with those amounts is affected not only by the economy of
individual states and school districts in which the charter school operates, but
on the continued existence of charter school laws. The Company establishes an
allowance of uncollectible amounts, if appropriate, based upon factors
surrounding the credit risk of the specific charter schools, historical trends
and other information.
15. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
(a) In August 1999, the Company issued approximately 177,000 stock options
at $12.30 to employees and non-employees. The options vest over three to six
years and expire ten years from date of issuance.
In October 1999, the Board of Directors (the "Board") approved the adoption
of the 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Incentive Plan") for employees and
authorized the Compensation Committee to administer the Plan for which a maximum
of 2,500,000 shares of class A common stock can be issued. Stock based awards
issued under the Plan that are unexercised are available for future award
grants.
On October 5, 1999, the Board of Directors approved a proposal to amend the
capitalization structure of the Company. The amendment will become effective
through both approval of the shareholders and at the closing of the initial
public offering.
Under the amendment, outstanding Series A through G Preferred Stock will
convert into Class A Common Stock with the number of shares upon conversion
calculated as the original purchase price for each share plus accrued and unpaid
dividends divided by the conversion price multiplied by nine-twentieths. In
addition, each Preferred share will convert into a number of shares of Class B
Common Stock calculated as the original purchase price for each share plus
accrued and unpaid dividends divided by the conversion price multiplied by
one-twentieth.
All outstanding shares of Series A Common, Special Common, and Non-Voting
Common shall automatically convert into nine-twentieths of a share of Class A
Common Stock and one-twentieth of a share of Class B Common Stock. In addition,
all fractional shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock will be
rounded up to the next larger number. Pro forma per share data as shown in Note
2 to the financial statements reflects the effect of the conversion on
outstanding capital stock as if the initial public offering became effective.
F-24
<PAGE> 118
EDISON SCHOOLS INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(INTERIM DATA IS UNAUDITED)
(b) In October 1999, the Company anticipates issuing warrants to a third
party to purchase Series A Common at $12.30 per share. The warrants will vest
upon issuance and expire five years from date of issuance.
(c) On November 17, 1999, the Company completed an initial public offering
("IPO") in which the Company sold 6,800,000 shares of its Class A Common Stock
for net proceeds to the Company of approximately $109.3 million.
Upon the closing of the IPO, each share of the prior classes of preferred
and common stock was automatically converted into 0.45 shares of Class A Common
Stock and 0.05 shares of Class B Common Stock, which had the same effect as a
one-for-two reverse stock split. Accordingly, all share and per share
information included in the financial statements prior to the IPO have been
retroactively adjusted to reflect a one-for-two reverse stock split.
16. NOTE TO INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
1999 AND 2000, (UNAUDITED)
INTERIM BASIS OF PRESENTATION
The interim financial statements as of March 31, 2000 and for the nine
months ended March 31, 1999 and 2000 are unaudited and reflect adjustments,
consisting only of normal recurring accruals, which are, in the opinion of the
Company's management, necessary for a fair presentation of the financial
position and results of operations for the periods presented. Operating results
for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results for the
full year.
LINE OF CREDIT
In November 1999, the Company obtained a line of credit from Imperial Bank
(the "LOC") which provides for borrowings of up to $10 million. The LOC is for 3
years and may be used for seasonal working capital needs and other general
corporate purposes. The interest rate on the LOC is LIBOR plus 4% and it is
collateralized by the general assets of the Company and is subject to financial
covenants and restrictions, including minimum liquidity requirements and
prohibition on the payment of dividends. The Company incurs a cost for unused
balances on the LOC equal to five basis points per annum. As of March 31, 2000
and June 30, 2000, no amounts had been borrowed under the LOC.
EQUIPMENT FINANCING
In October 1999, in connection with an equipment financing, the Company
issued to an equipment financing firm a warrant to purchase up to 15,000 shares
of Series A Common Stock at an exercise price of $12.30 per share. Upon the
closing of the IPO, each share of Series A Common Stock converted, automatically
and without additional consideration, into 0.45 shares of Class A Common Stock
and 0.05 shares of Class B Common Stock, and the warrant automatically adjusted
to become a warrant to purchase 13,500 shares of Class A Common Stock and 1,500
shares of Class B Common Stock at an exercise price of $12.30 per share.
In January and March 2000, pursuant to the exercise of outstanding
warrants, the Company issued an aggregate of 17,500 and 71,012 shares,
respectively, of Class A Common Stock at a weighted average price of $4.00 per
share.
F-25
<PAGE> 119
EDISON SCHOOLS INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(INTERIM DATA IS UNAUDITED)
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTION
In November 1999 and April 2000, the Company loaned $6,620,700 and
$1,248,500, respectively to H. Christopher Whittle, its President and Chief
Executive Officer. The loans bear interest at the greater of the prime rate or
the Company's actual borrowing rate, in effect from time to time, with payment
of the principal amount of $6,620,700 and accrued interest on the November 1999
loan due in full in November 2004 and payment of the principal amount of
$1,248,500 and accrued interest on the April 2000 loan due in full April 2005.
The proceeds from the loans were used by Mr. Whittle to purchase an aggregate of
652,500 shares of Class A Common Stock and 72,500 shares of Class B Common Stock
for $3.00 per share through the exercise of existing stock options, and to pay
income tax obligations resulting from the exercise of such options. The portion
of the loan attributable to the purchase of shares, amounting to $2,175,000, has
been recorded on the balance sheet at March 31, 2000 as a reduction of
stockholders' equity.
GUARANTEES
In March 2000, the Company guaranteed a debt obligation of $2,000,000 of a
charter school board with which it has a management agreement.
STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
In December 1999, an additional $5,000,000 was invested in a corporation,
increasing the Company's ownership to 19.7%. As of June 30, 2000, the Company
modified its relationship with the corporation such that the investment will be
accounted for under the cost method. See Note 13.
PAYMENT ON BEHALF OF AN OFFICER
In May 2000, the Company agreed to make payments totaling $200,000 to an
unrelated corporation controlled by an officer of the Company, as compensation
for expenses incurred by the unrelated corporation, as an inducement to the
unrelated corporation not to compete with the Company for five years and to
release the officer and two associates from obligations due to the corporation.
A payment of $100,000 was made in May 2000 and the remaining $100,000 is due in
August 2000.
ACQUISITION OF UNDEVELOPED PROPERTY
In partnership with the Museum of African Art, the Company plans to acquire
and develop certain New York City property for a mixed-use project consisting of
Edison Corporate Headquarters, a charter school, and the museum. To that end,
the Company has entered into a contract to purchase from Castle Senior Living
LLC ("Castle") a lot located in the Harlem section of the borough of Manhattan
in New York City, for a purchase price of $10.0 million (the "Purchase
Agreement"). Additionally, the Company has signed a non-binding letter of intent
with the Museum of African Art setting forth the proposed business terms of the
project and a development schedule (the "Letter of Intent").
Under the terms of the Purchase Agreement, which was executed January 11,
2000, the Company paid $1.5 million to Castle upon execution and delivery of the
Purchase Agreement, $500,000 thirty days after the execution date and $1.0
million on June 29, 2000. The closing date is currently scheduled for January
11, 2001, at which time the balance of the purchase price must be paid. If the
Company is unable to obtain the necessary zoning approvals prior to December 28,
2000, it will have the option of extending the closing date until April 11,
2001, if it pays Castle an additional $500,000.
The letter of intent is non-binding, and the terms set forth therein are
subject to negotiation, execution and delivery of definitive agreements. The
Company anticipates, however, that it will incur costs
F-26
<PAGE> 120
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5,500,000 SHARES
[EDISON SCHOOLS LOGO]
CLASS A COMMON STOCK
----------------
PROSPECTUS
----------------
MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC
CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON
DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
J.P. MORGAN & CO.
AUGUST 2, 2000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
